Modicon X80

35012474 10/2019

Modicon X80
Discrete Input/Output Modules
User Manual
Original instructions

10/2019
35012474.16

www.schneider-electric.com
 The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
You agree not to reproduce, other than for your own personal, noncommercial use, all or part of
this document on any medium whatsoever without permission of Schneider Electric, given in
writing. You also agree not to establish any hypertext links to this document or its content.
Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for the personal and noncommercial use of
the document or its content, except for a non-exclusive license to consult it on an "as is" basis, at
your own risk. All other rights are reserved.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system
data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may
result in injury, harm, or improper operating results.
Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage.
© 2019 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

2 35012474 10/2019
 Table of Contents

Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
About the Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Part I Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules . . 19
Chapter 1 General Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
General Description of the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors . . . 26
Discrete Input Modules Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Discrete Output Modules Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Chapter 2 General Rules for Installing the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fitting of the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
BMX FTW ••1 Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
BMX FTW ••5 Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-
Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Wiring Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility . . . 90

35012474 10/2019 3
 Chapter 3 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing . . . 95
General Protective Measures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Module and Channel Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Checking the Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Chapter 4 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Chapter 5 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chapter 6 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Chapter 7 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Chapter 8 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Chapter 9 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Chapter 10 BMX DAI 1614 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Chapter 11 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

4 35012474 10/2019
 Chapter 12 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Chapter 13 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Chapter 14 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Chapter 15 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Chapter 16 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Chapter 17 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Chapter 18 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Chapter 19 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Chapter 20 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

35012474 10/2019 5
 Chapter 21 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Chapter 22 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Chapter 23 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Chapter 24 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Chapter 25 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Chapter 26 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules . . . . . . . . 293
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Chapter 27 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module . . . 303
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Chapter 28 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module . . . 313
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Chapter 29 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module . . . 323
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Connecting the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

6 35012474 10/2019
 Chapter 30 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete
I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
30.1 Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O 334
General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete
I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2 Connection
Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
30.2 Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O 345
Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2 Base
Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases. . . 348
30.3 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11
Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11 and
ABE-7H16R10/R11 Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
30.4 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11
Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
30.5 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23
Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-
7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
30.6 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/12R21
Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
30.7 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Bases
with One Isolator per Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
30.8 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base with
1 Isolator per Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
30.9 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31
Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
30.10 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50 Bases . 365
30.11 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base . . . . . 367
30.12 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One Fuse
and One isolator per Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

35012474 10/2019 7
 30.13 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One Fuse
and One Isolator per Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
30.14 TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx
and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays . . . . 380
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays . . . 381
Part II Discrete Input/Output Modules Software
Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Chapter 31 General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Chapter 32 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
32.1 Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack . . 389
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
32.2 Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack . . . . . . . 396
32.3 Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
How to Modify the Task Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter 400
How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Chapter 33 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects 403
33.1 Language Objects and IODDT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages . . . . . . . . . . 404
33.2 Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
IODDT Links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 407
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange. 408
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange 409
Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 412

8 35012474 10/2019
 Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_MOD 415
Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants . . . . . . . . 416
Discrete Device DDT Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
MOD_FLT Byte Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Chapter 34 Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module. . . . . . . 424
Debugging Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Chapter 35 Diagnostics of the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
How to Access the Diagnostics Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module 434
Appendices ......................................... 435
Appendix A Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules . . . . 437
Topological/State RAM Addressing of ModiconX80 Discrete Modules 437
Glossary ......................................... 441
Index ......................................... 443

35012474 10/2019 9
10 35012474 10/2019
 Safety Information

Important Information

NOTICE
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device
before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear
throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention
to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

35012474 10/2019 11
PLEASE NOTE
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of
the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation
of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid
the hazards involved.

BEFORE YOU BEGIN

Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of
effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of
that machine.

WARNING
UNGUARDED EQUIPMENT
 Do not use this software and related automation equipment on equipment which does not have
point-of-operation protection.
 Do not reach into machinery during operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of industrial processes.
The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each application will vary depending on
factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods,
unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications, more than one processor
may be required, as when backup redundancy is needed.
Only you, the user, machine builder or system integrator can be aware of all the conditions and
factors present during setup, operation, and maintenance of the machine and, therefore, can
determine the automation equipment and the related safeties and interlocks which can be properly
used. When selecting automation and control equipment and related software for a particular
application, you should refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations. The
National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual (nationally recognized in the United States
of America) also provides much useful information.
In some applications, such as packaging machinery, additional operator protection such as point-
of-operation guarding must be provided. This is necessary if the operator's hands and other parts
of the body are free to enter the pinch points or other hazardous areas and serious injury can occur.
Software products alone cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the software
cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection.

12 35012474 10/2019
 Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks related to point-of-operation
protection have been installed and are operational before placing the equipment into service. All
interlocks and safeties related to point-of-operation protection must be coordinated with the related
automation equipment and software programming.
NOTE: Coordination of safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks for point-of-operation
protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library, System User Guide, or other
implementation referenced in this documentation.

START-UP AND TEST

Before using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation after installation,
the system should be given a start-up test by qualified personnel to verify correct operation of the
equipment. It is important that arrangements for such a check be made and that enough time is
allowed to perform complete and satisfactory testing.

WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
 Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
 Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means
used for shipment from all component devices.
 Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment
documentation for future references.
Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and temporary grounds that are not
installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the U.S.A, for
instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in equipment
documentation to prevent accidental equipment damage.
Before energizing equipment:
 Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
 Close the equipment enclosure door.
 Remove all temporary grounds from incoming power lines.
 Perform all start-up tests recommended by the manufacturer.

35012474 10/2019 13
OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENTS
The following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7.1-1995 (English
version prevails):
 Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the selection
and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such equipment is
improperly operated.
 It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or unsafe
operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional adjustments.
Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment
manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
 Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to
the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in
operating characteristics.

14 35012474 10/2019
 About the Book

At a Glance

Document Scope
This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80 discrete modules.

Validity Note
This documentation is valid for EcoStruxure™ Control Expert 14.1 or later.
The technical characteristics of the devices described in the present document also appear online.
To access the information online:

Step Action
1 Go to the Schneider Electric home page www.schneider-electric.com.
2 In the Search box type the reference of a product or the name of a product range.
 Do not include blank spaces in the reference or product range.
 To get information on grouping similar modules, use asterisks (*).

3 If you entered a reference, go to the Product Datasheets search results and click on the
reference that interests you.
If you entered the name of a product range, go to the Product Ranges search results and click
on the product range that interests you.
4 If more than one reference appears in the Products search results, click on the reference that
interests you.
5 Depending on the size of your screen, you may need to scroll down to see the datasheet.
6 To save or print a datasheet as a .pdf file, click Download XXX product datasheet.

The characteristics that are presented in the present document should be the same as those
characteristics that appear online. In line with our policy of constant improvement, we may revise
content over time to improve clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the document
and online information, use the online information as your reference.

35012474 10/2019 15
Related Documents

Title of documentation Reference number

Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, EIO0000002726 (English),
Standards and Certifications EIO0000002727 (French),
EIO0000002728 (German),
EIO0000002730 (Italian),
EIO0000002729 (Spanish),
EIO0000002731 (Chinese)
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes 33003101 (English),
33003102 (French),
33003103 (German),
33003104 (Spanish),
33003696 (Italian),
33003697 (Chinese)
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program Languages 35006144 (English),
and Structure, Reference Manual 35006145 (French),
35006146 (German),
35013361 (Italian),
35006147 (Spanish),
35013362 (Chinese)
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Communication, Block 33002527 (English),
Library 33002528 (French),
33002529 (German),
33003682 (Italian),
33002530 (Spanish),
33003683 (Chinese)
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, I/O Management, 33002531 (English),
Block Library 33002532 (French),
33002533 (German),
33003684 (Italian),
33002534 (Spanish),
33003685 (Chinese)
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Concept Application 33002515 (English),
Converter, User Manual 33002516 (French),
33002517 (German),
33003676 (Italian),
33002518 (Spanish),
33003677 (Chinese)

You can download these technical publications and other technical information from our website
at www.schneider-electric.com/en/download.

16 35012474 10/2019
Product Related Information

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise should be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 17
18 35012474 10/2019
 Modicon X80
Application-Specific Discrete Modules
35012474 10/2019

Part I
Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules

Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules

Subject of this Part

This part presents the range of Modicon X80 discrete I/O modules.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
1 General Introduction 21
2 General Rules for Installing the Modules 39
3 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing 95
4 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules 109
5 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules 117
6 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules 125
7 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules 135
8 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules 145
9 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules 153
10 BMX DAI 1614 Input Modules 161
11 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules 171
12 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules 181
13 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module 189
14 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules 197
15 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules 205
16 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules 213
17 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules 221
18 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules 229
19 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules 237
20 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules 245
21 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules 253
22 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules 261
23 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules 269
24 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules 277
25 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules 285

35012474 10/2019 19
Application-Specific Discrete Modules

Chapter Chapter Name Page

26 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules 293
27 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module 303
28 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module 313
29 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module 323
30 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules 333

20 35012474 10/2019
 Modicon X80
General Introduction
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 1
General Introduction

General Introduction

Subject of this Section

This chapter provides a general introduction to discrete input/output modules.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
General Description of the Modules 22
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block Connection 23
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block Connection 24
Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors 26
Discrete Input Modules Catalog 27
Discrete Output Modules Catalog 30
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog 33
Temperature Derating 35
Standards and Certifications 37

35012474 10/2019 21
General Introduction

General Description of the Modules

At a Glance
The discrete input/output modules of the Modicon X80 range are standard format modules
(occupying one single position), fitted with either:
 one 20-pin terminal block or
 one 40-pin terminal block or
 one or two 40-pin connectors
For modules fitted with 40-pin connector outputs, a series of products known as TELEFAST 2
(see page 333) is available that enables discrete input/output modules to be quickly connected to
operational parts.
A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs make it possible to meet the following requirements:
 functional: direct or alternating inputs/outputs, with positive or negative logic
 modularity: 8, 16, 32, or 64 channels per module

Inputs
Inputs receive signals from the sensors and carry out the following functions:
 acquisition
 adaptation
 galvanic insulation
 filtering
 protection against interference

Outputs
Outputs store the orders given by the processor, in order to control pre-actuators via decoupling
and amplification circuits.

22 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block Connection

At a Glance
The I/O modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the electronic
parts.

Illustration
The diagram below shows a 20-pin discrete module and a 20-pin terminal block.

Elements
The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules with 20-
pin terminal block connections.

Number Description
1 Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card
2 Module reference label
Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module.
3 Channel status display panel
4 Connector housing the 20-pin terminal block
5 20-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.

35012474 10/2019 23
General Introduction

Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block Connection

At a Glance
The I/O modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the electronic
parts.

Illustration
The diagram below shows a 40-pin discrete module and a 40-pin terminal block.

24 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Elements
The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules with 40-
pin terminal block connections.

Number Description
1 Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card
2 Module reference label
Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module.
3 Channel status display panel
4 Connector housing the 40-pin terminal block
5 40-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.

35012474 10/2019 25
General Introduction

Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors

At a Glance
The input/output modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the
electronic parts.

Illustration
The diagram below shows a 40-pin discrete module.

Elements
The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules by 40-pin
connectors.

Number Description
1 Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card
2 Module reference labels
Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module.
3 Channel status display panel
4 40-pin connector, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

26 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Discrete Input Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The tables below present the two catalogs of discrete input modules:
 with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks
 with 40-pin connectors

Catalog of Terminal Block Input Modules

Catalog of discrete input modules with 20-pin terminal block connection.

Type of Inputs with 20-pin terminal block connection

module
Illustra- Discrete input module
tion

Num- 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 8 inputs 8 inputs

ber of
chan-
nels
Range 24 VDC 48 VDC 125 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...
240 VAC
Insula- Insulat- Insulat- Insulated Insulated inputs Insulated Insulated channel to Insulated
tion ed inputs ed inputs inputs inputs inputs channel inputs
isolated inputs
IEC Type 3 Type 1 N/A Type 1 N/A Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 2
61131-2
compli-
ance
Logic Positive Positive Positive N/A Posi- N/A N/A N/A N/A
tive or
Nega-
tive
Proximi- 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity N/A 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor
ty sen- sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
sor compliant)
compat-
ibility

35012474 10/2019 27
General Introduction

Re- 4 ms 4 ms 5 ms 15 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
sponse
time
Type of 20-pin 20-pin 20-pin 20-pin terminal 20-pin 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 20-pin
Inter- terminal terminal terminal block terminal block block terminal
face block block block block block
Refer- BMX BMX BMX BMX DAI 1602 BMX BMX DAI BMX DAI BMX DAI
ence DDI DDI DDI DAI 1604 0814 0805
1602 1603 1604T 1603

Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin terminal block connection.

Type of Inputs with 40-pin terminal block connection

module
Illustration Discrete input module

Number of 16 inputs 16 inputs

channels
Range 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
Insulation channel to channel isolated inputs channel to channel isolated inputs
IEC 61131-2 Type 1 Type 1
compliance
Logic N/A N/A
Proximity 2-wire and 3-wire proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
sensor
compatibility
Response 10 ms 10 ms
time
Type of 40-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block
Interface
Reference BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615

28 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Catalog of 40-pin Connector Input Modules

Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin connectors.

Type of module Inputs with connection via 40-pin connectors

Illustration Discrete input module Discrete input module

Number of channels 32 inputs 64 inputs

Range 24 VDC 24 VDC
Insulation Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels
IEC 61131-2 compliance Type 3 No type
Logic Positive Positive
Proximity sensor 2-wire proximity sensor 3-wire PNP proximity sensor
compatibility 3-wire PNP proximity sensor
Response time 4 ms 4 ms
Type of Interface 1 x 40-pin connector 2 x 40-pin connectors
Reference BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K

35012474 10/2019 29
General Introduction

Discrete Output Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The tables below show the catalogs of static and relay output modules.

Catalog of Output Modules

Catalog of discrete static output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40-pin
connectors.

Type of module Static outputs with 20-pin terminal block Static outputs with 40-pin connectors
connections
Illustration Discrete output module Discrete output Discrete output
module module

Number of channels 16 outputs 16 outputs 32 outputs 64 outputs

Range 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Insulation Insulated outputs Insulated outputs Outputs insulated per group of 16 channels
Current 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Overload protection Outputs protected against short-circuits and overloads with automatic or controlled reactivation
and fast electromagnet demagnetization circuit.
Logic Positive Negative Positive Positive
Response time 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector 2 x 40-pin connectors
Reference BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K

30 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Catalog of Relay Output Modules

Catalog of discrete relay output modules with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal block connection.

Type of module Relay outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Relay outputs with
40-pin terminal block
connections
Illustration Discrete output module Discrete output
module

Number of 8 outputs 8 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs 8 NO/NC outputs

channels
Range 125 VDC 24 VDC or 5...125 VDC or 24...48 VDC or 5...125 VDC or
24...240 VAC 24...240 VAC 24...240 VAC 24...240 VAC
Insulation Outputs insulated Outputs Outputs Outputs Outputs insulated
from ground insulated from insulated from insulated from from ground
ground ground ground
Type of contact 8 insulated 8 insulated 8 insulated 1 common per 8 insulated channels
channels channels channels group of
8 channels
Thermal current 3A 3A 2A 2A 4A
per channel
Overload No protection No protection No protection No protection No protection
protection
Logic Positive/negative Positive/nega- Positive/nega- Positive/nega- Positive/negative
tive tive tive
Response time 10 ms max 10 ms max 13 ms max 10 ms max 13 ms max
Type of Interface 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 40-pin terminal block
block block block block
Reference BMX DRA 0804T BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DRC 0805

35012474 10/2019 31
General Introduction

Catalog of Triac Output Module

Catalog of discrete triac output module with connection via 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks.

Type of module Triac outputs with 20-pin terminal block Triac outputs with 40-pin terminal block
connections connections
Illustration Discrete output module Discrete output module

Number of channels 16 outputs 16 outputs

Range 100...240 VAC 24...240 VAC
Insulation Outputs insulated by group of 4 channels Outputs individually insulated
Current max: 0.6 A / points (with derating max: 3 A per channel (with derating
(see page 35)) (see page 295))
Overload protection Snubber circuit and varistor Snubber circuit and varistor
Logic - -
Response time 1 ms + 0.5 x (1/F) max: 0.5 x (1/F)
(where F = frequency in Hz) (where F = frequency in Hz)
Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block
Reference BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615

32 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The table below presents the catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connections by
20-pin terminal block and by 40-pin connectors.

Catalog
Catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40-
pin connectors.

Type of module Mixed inputs/outputs with 20-pin terminal block Mixed inputs/outputs with
connections 40-pin terminal block
connections
Illustration Discrete mixed input/output modules Discrete mixed
input/output modules

Number of 8 inputs 8 inputs 16 inputs

channels 8 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs
Inputs Range 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Insulation Insulated inputs Insulated inputs Insulated inputs
IEC 61131-2 Type 3 Type 3 Type 3
compliant
Logic Positive Positive Positive
Response time 4 ms 4 ms 4 ms

35012474 10/2019 33
General Introduction

Outputs Range Static outputs Relay outputs Static outputs

24 VDC 24 VDC or 24 VDC
24...240 VAC
Insulation Outputs insulated from Outputs insulated from Outputs insulated from
ground ground ground
1 common per group of
8 channels
Current 0.5 A 2A 0.1 A
IEC 61131-2 Yes Yes Yes
compliant
Overload protection Outputs are protected N/A Outputs are protected
against overloads and against overloads and
short-circuits. short-circuits.
Logic Positive N/A Positive
Response time 1.2 ms 10 ms max 1.2 ms
Connections 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector
Reference BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 3202 K

34 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Temperature Derating

At a Glance
The characteristics are specified for a load rate of 60% of the channels.

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to
prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

If the rate is greater than 60%, the following downgrade curve must be taken into consideration.

NOTE: There is no temperature derating for relay modules. Users must therefore check that the
overall consumption of the 24 VDC power supply is sufficient.
NOTE: For static outputs, temperature derating is carried out on the basis of the maximum current
produced by the active outputs.

Altitude Operating Conditions

The temperature derating applies to the modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When
the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information,
refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O
Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
35012474 10/2019 35
General Introduction

Examples
 BMX DDO 1602
Suppose the BMX DDO 1602 module with sixteen 24 VDC/0.5 A outputs produces 0.5 A per
channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum
admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x 0.5 = 8 A. Above 40°C, the downgrading curve
must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum current in 24 VDC must not exceed 8 x 60% = 4.8 A.
This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.5 A or 16 outputs at 0.3 A or other combinations.

 BMX DDO 6402

Suppose the BMX DDO 6402 K module with sixty-four 24 VDC/0.1 A outputs produces 0.1 A
per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum
admissible current in the module is equal to 64 x 0.1 = 6.4 A. Above 40°C, the downgrading
curve must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum current in 24 VDC must not exceed
6.4 x 60% = 3.8 A. This value corresponds to 38 outputs at 0.1 A or 64 outputs at 0.05 A or
other combinations.

 BMX DAO 1605

Suppose the BMX DAO 1605 module with sixteen 220 VAC outputs producing 0.3 A per
channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum
admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x 0.3 A = 4.8 A (2,4 A per 8-channel group
maximum). Above 40°C, the downgrading curve must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum
current in 220 Vac must not exceed 4.8 A x 0.6 = 2.9 A (1.5 A per 8-channel group maximum).
This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.3 A or to 16 outputs at 0.18 A.

36 35012474 10/2019
 General Introduction

Standards and Certifications

Download
Click the link that corresponds to your preferred language to download standards and certifications
(PDF format) that apply to the modules in this product line:

Title Languages
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms,  English: EIO0000002726
Standards and Certifications  French: EIO0000002727
 German: EIO0000002728
 Italian: EIO0000002730
 Spanish: EIO0000002729
 Chinese: EIO0000002731

35012474 10/2019 37
General Introduction

38 35012474 10/2019
 Modicon X80
General Rules for Installation
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 2
General Rules for Installing the Modules

General Rules for Installing the Modules

Subject of this Section

This chapter presents the general rules for installing discrete input/output modules.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Fitting of the Modules 40
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0 43
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0 46
BMX FTW ••1 Cable 52
BMX FTW ••5 Cable 55
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module 60
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module 64
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module 69
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators 71
Wiring Precautions 75
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules 79
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to 85
TELEFAST Interfaces
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility 90

35012474 10/2019 39
General Rules for Installation

Fitting of the Modules

At a Glance
The discrete input/output modules are powered by the bus of the rack. The modules may be
handled without turning off power supply to the rack, without damage or disturbance to the PLC.
Fitting operations (installation, assembly and disassembly) are described below.

Installation Precautions
The Modicon X80 discrete modules may be installed in any of the positions in the rack except:
 the positions reserved for the rack power supply modules (marked PS, PS1, and PS2),
 the positions reserved for extended modules (marked XBE),
 the positions reserved for the CPU in the main local rack (marked 00 or marked 00 and 01
depending on the CPU),
 the positions reserved for the (e)X80 adapter module in the main remote drop (marked 00).

Power is supplied by the bus at the bottom of the rack (3.3 V and 24 V).
Before installing a module, you must take off the protective cap from the module connector located
on the rack.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Disconnect the power to the sensors and pre-actuators and disconnect the terminal block to carry
out assembly and disassembly of the modules.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

40 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Installation
The diagram below shows some discrete input/output modules mounted on the rack.

The following table describes the different elements which make up the assembly below.

Number Description
1 20-pin terminal block module
2 40-pin connector module
3 2 x 40-pin connector module
4 Standard rack

35012474 10/2019 41
General Rules for Installation

Installing the Module on the Rack

The table below presents the procedure for mounting the discrete input/output modules on the
rack:

Step Action
1 Remove the protective cover from the connector of the module slot on the Modicon X80 rack.
2 Position the locating pins situated at the rear of the module
(on the bottom part) in the corresponding slot in the rack.
3 Swivel the module towards the top of the rack so that the
module sits flush with the back of the rack.
4 Tighten the mounting screw on top of the module to hold in
place on the rack.
Tightening torque: 0.4...1.5 N•m (0.30...1.10 lbf-ft).

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Check that the mounting screw is securely tightened to ensure the module is firmly attached to
the rack.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

42 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0

At a Glance
There are three types of 20-pin terminal blocks:
 BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp terminal blocks
 BMX FTB 2000 caged terminal blocks
 BMX FTB 2020 spring terminal blocks

Cable Ends and Contacts

Each terminal block can accommodate:
 Bare wires
 Wires with:

 DZ5-CE (ferrule) type cable ends:

 AZ5-DE (twin ferrule) type cable ends:
NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire
ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.

Description of the 20-pin Terminal Blocks

The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated
gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:

Screw Clamp Terminal Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

Blocks BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2020
BMX FTB 2010
Illustration

35012474 10/2019 43
General Rules for Installation

Screw Clamp Terminal Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

Blocks BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2020
BMX FTB 2010
1 solid conductor  AWG: 22...16  AWG: 22...18  AWG: 22...18
 mm2: 0.34...1.5  mm2: 0.34...1  mm2: 0.34...1

2 solid conductors 2 conductors of the same Only possible with twin Only possible with twin
size: ferrule: ferrule:
 AWG: 2 x 22...16  AWG: 2 x 24...20  AWG: 2 x 24...20
 mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75

1 stranded cable  AWG: 22...16  AWG: 22...18  AWG: 22...18

 mm2: 0.34...1.5  mm2: 0.34...1  mm2: 0.34...1

2 stranded cables 2 conductors of the same Only possible with twin Only possible with twin
size: ferrule: ferrule:
 AWG: 2 x 22...16  AWG: 2 x 24...20  AWG: 2 x 24...20
 mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75

1 stranded cable with  AWG: 22...16  AWG: 22...18  AWG: 22...18

ferrule  mm2: 0.34...1.5  mm2: 0.34...1  mm2: 0.34...1

2 stranded cables with  AWG: 2 x 24...18  AWG: 2 x 24...20  AWG: 2 x 24...20

twin ferrule  mm2: 2 x 0.24...1  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75  mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75

Minimum individual  AWG: 30  AWG: 30  AWG: 30

wire size in stranded  mm2: 0.0507  mm2: 0.0507  mm2: 0.0507
cables when a ferrule
is not used

Wiring constraints Screw clamps have slots that Caged terminal blocks have The wires are connected by
accept: slots that accept: pressing the button located
 Flat-tipped screwdrivers  Flat-tipped screwdrivers next to each pin.
with a diameter of 5 mm. with a diameter of 3 mm. To press the button, use a
 Pozidriv PZ1 or flat-tipped screwdriver with a
Caged terminal blocks have
Philips PH1 cross-tipped maximum diameter of 3 mm.
captive screws. On the
screwdrivers. supplied blocks, these screws
Screw clamp terminal blocks are not tightened.
have captive screws. On the
supplied blocks, these screws
are not tightened.
Screw tightening 0.5 N•m (0.37 lbf-ft) 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable
torque

44 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Connection of 20-pin Terminal Blocks

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the
terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the method for opening the 20-pin terminal block door so that it can
be wired:

NOTE: The connection cable is installed and held in place by a cable clamp positioned below the
20-pin terminal block.

Labeling of 20-pin Terminal Blocks

Labels for the 20-pin terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the
terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
 One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the
commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank
section for customer labeling.
 One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal
block connection diagram.

35012474 10/2019 45
General Rules for Installation

40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0

At a Glance
There are two versions, available in two types of 40-pin terminal blocks:
Standard version
 BMX FTB 4000 caged terminal block
 BMX FTB 4020 spring terminal block

Hardened version
 BMX FTB 4000H caged terminal block with gold plating
 BMX FTB 4020H spring terminal block with gold plating

The hardened version of the terminal blocks are only dedicated to the hardened version of the
modules.
NOTE: If you mix hardened and standard versions when fitting the terminal block to the module,
there is a risk of terminal pin corrosion and a signal deviation.

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
 Do not use the hardened version of the terminal block with a standard module.
 Do not use the standard version of the terminal block with a hardened module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

There are also preassembled cordsets with a BMX FTB 4020 terminal block at one end and flying
leads at the other. The cordsets are available under reference BMX FTW ••5 (see page 57).

Cable Ends and Contacts

The 40-pin terminal blocks are designed for only one wire or one cable end.
Each terminal block can accommodate:
 Bare wires:
 Solid conductor
 Stranded cable

 Wires with ferrule (DZ5CE••••/DZ5CA•••• single type cable ends):

NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire
ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.

46 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Jumper bar
To facilitate the wiring, a 20-pin jumper bar with plastic handle is provided with 40-pin caged screw
terminal block BMX FTB 4000:

The following graphic shows an example of using the jumper bar for non-isolated wiring channel
0-2 with on a BMX DRC 0805 module:

1 Jumper bar
2 to common

CAUTION
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum capability of a single point of the terminal block when using it to carry
the whole common current:
 10 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4000 terminal block
 8 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4020 terminal block

Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 47
General Rules for Installation

Description of the 40-pin Terminal Blocks

The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated
gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:

Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 4000 BMX FTB 4020
Illustration

1 solid conductor  AWG: 26...18  AWG: 26...18

 mm2: 0.13...1  mm2: 0.13...1

1 stranded cable  AWG: 22...18  AWG: 22...18

 mm2: 0.34...1  mm2: 0.34...1

1 stranded cable with ferrule  AWG: 22...18  AWG: 22...18

 mm2: 0.34...1  mm2: 0.34...1

Minimum individual wire size in stranded  AWG: 30  AWG: 30

cables when a ferrule is not used  mm2: 0.0507  mm2: 0.0507

48 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 4000 BMX FTB 4020
Wiring constraints Caged terminal blocks have The wires are connected by
slots that accept: pressing the button located
 Flat-tipped screwdrivers next to each pin.
with a diameter of 3 mm. To press the button, use a
flat-tipped screwdriver with a
Caged terminal blocks have
maximum diameter of 3 mm.
captive screws. On the
supplied blocks, these screws
are not tightened.
Screw tightening torque 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable

35012474 10/2019 49
General Rules for Installation

Connection of 40-pin Terminal Blocks

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the
terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the method for opening the terminal block cover so that it can be
wired.

The connection cable is installed and held in place by cable clamps positioned below the terminal
block.
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the cable loose from movement.
Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit BMXXSP••00 or to rear mounting plate using
cable clamp.

50 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Labeling the Terminal Blocks

The labels for the terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the
terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
 One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the
commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank
section for customer labeling.
 One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal
block connection diagram.

35012474 10/2019 51
General Rules for Installation

BMX FTW ••1 Cable

Introduction
20-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable
designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module. Plugging the wrong connector can
cause an unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

BMX FTW ••1 Cable Description

The BMX FTW •01 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
 At one end, a compound-filled 20-pin BMX FTB 2020 terminal block from which extend 1 cable
sheath containing 20 wires,
 At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code.

The figure below shows the BMX FTW •01 cables:

1 BMX FTB 2020 Terminal block

2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily.
L Length according to the part number.

The connection cables come in three different lengths:

 3 m (9.84 ft): BMX FTW 301
 5 m (16.40 ft): BMX FTW 501
 10 m (32.80 ft): BMX FTW 1001

52 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Connection of BMX FTW ••1 Cables

The following diagram shows the connection of the BMX FTW ••1 cable:

BMX FTW ••1 Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Conductor description Number of conductors 20
Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)
Material Tinned copper
Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
Applicable standards DIN47100

35012474 10/2019 53
General Rules for Installation

Cable Installation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the
terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:

For more detailed information, refer to the topic Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module
(see page 60).

54 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

BMX FTW ••5 Cable

Introduction
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable
designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module. Plugging the wrong connector can
cause an unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 55
General Rules for Installation

BMX FTW ••5 Cable Description

The BMX FTW ••5 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
 At one end, a compound-filled 40-pin BMX FTB 4020 terminal block (non-gold plated spring
terminal block) from which extend 1 cable sheath containing 40 wires,
 At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code.

NOTE: This preassembled cordset is only dedicated to standard module version.

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not use BMX FTW ••5 cable with hardened module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

The figure below shows the BMX FTW •05 cables:

1 BMX FTB 4020 Terminal block

2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily.
L Length according to the part number.

The connection cables come in three different lengths:

 3 m (9.84 ft): BMX FTW 305
 5 m (16.40 ft) : BMX FTW 501

56 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Connection of BMX FTW ••5 Cables

The following diagram shows the connections and the color-coded according to DIN47100:

35012474 10/2019 57
General Rules for Installation

BMX FTW ••5 Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Application type Maximum voltage 300 Vrms
Conductor description Number of conductors 40
Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)
Material Tinned copper
Maximum current 2 A below 30 °C (86 °F)
0.8 A below 70 °C (158 °F)
Electrical Dielectric withstand 2500 V for 1 min.
Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
Applicable standards DIN47100

58 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

BMX FTW ••5 Cables Installation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the
terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:

For more detailed information, refer to the topic Fitting a 40-pin Terminal Block to a Module
(see page 64).
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the BMX FTW ••5 cable loose from
movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit BMXXSP••00 or to rear
mounting plate using cable clamp.

35012474 10/2019 59
General Rules for Installation

Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 20-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to
the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal block must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage
switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

Installing the Terminal Block

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 20-pin terminal block onto a discrete
input/output module.

60 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Assembly Procedure

Step Action
1 Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block
encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front lower part of the
module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for terminal
block installation.
2 Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and
upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly
fixed to the module.

Coding the 20-Pin Terminal Block

WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module.
Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behaviour of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module.
Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

When a 20-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you
can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the
terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided
when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You can only fill the
6 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can fill
the module’s 6 guidance slots on the left side.

35012474 10/2019 61
General Rules for Installation

To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot
in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the
module. You can fill up to and including either of the 6 available slots as desired.
The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding
the 20-pin terminal blocks.

62 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the
terminal block to the module.

The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the
terminal block to the module.

35012474 10/2019 63
General Rules for Installation

Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to
the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal blocks must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage
switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

64 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Installing the 40-Pin Terminal Block

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 40-pin terminal block onto a discrete
input/output module.

Assembly Procedure

Step Action
1 Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block
encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front lower part of the
module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for
terminal block installation.
2 Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower
and upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly
fixed to the module.

35012474 10/2019 65
General Rules for Installation

Coding the 40-Pin Terminal Block

WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module.
Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behaviour of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module.
Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

When a 40-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you
can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the
terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided
when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You can only fill the
12 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can
fill the module’s 12 guidance slots on the left side.
To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot
in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the
module. You can fill up to and including either of the 12 available slots as desired.

66 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding
the 40-pin terminal blocks.

1 Guidance wheel
2 Detachable stud
3 Guidance slots

35012474 10/2019 67
General Rules for Installation

The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the
terminal block to the module.

The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the
terminal block to the module.

68 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin FCN type connections require the latter to be connected to the module.
These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.

DANGER
ELECTRICAL SHOCK
FCN type connector must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage
switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC connector on a DC module. This would cause equipment damage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 69
General Rules for Installation

Installing the Connector

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the connector onto modules:

Assembly procedure:

Step Action
1 Once the module is in place on the rack, insert the FCN connector of the cable
into the module’s connector, as shown above.
2 Fix the connector to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on
the lower and upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly
fixed to the module.

70 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators

At a Glance
The different choices of power supply for sensors and pre-actuators linked to discrete input/output
modules require certain usage precautions to be observed.

External Direct Current Power Supplies

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
When using an external 24 VDC direct current power supply, use either:
 regulated power supplies or
 non-regulated power supplies with:
 filtering of 1000 μF/A with full-wave single phase rectification and 500 μF/A with tri-phase
rectification
 a 5% maximum peak to peak ripple rate
 a maximum voltage variation of: -20% to +25% of the nominal voltage (including ripple)

Rectified power supplies with no filtering are prohibited.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 71
General Rules for Installation

Ni-Cad Battery Power Supplies

Ni-Cad battery power supplies can be used to power sensors and pre-actuators and all associated
inputs/outputs that have a normal operating voltage of 30 VDC maximum.
While being charged, this type of battery can reach, for a duration of one hour, a voltage of 34 VDC.
For this reason, all input/output modules with an operating voltage of 24 VDC can withstand this
voltage (34 VDC) for up to one hour every 24 hours. This type of operation entails the following
restrictions:
 at 34 VDC, the maximum current withstood by the outputs must under no circumstances exceed
the maximum current defined for a voltage of 30 VDC
 temperature downgrading imposes the following restrictions:
 80% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 30°C
 50% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 60°C

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to
prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

72 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

External AC Current Power Supplies

All BMXDAI••••, BMXDAO••••, BMXDRA••••, and BMXDRC•••• modules are designed for a use in
zone A and B defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2 and the generic EMC standard IEC 61000-
6-2 without any specific protection against surges.
The following figure shows the zones defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2:

Zone A Local power distribution

Zone B Dedicated power distribution
Zone C Factory mains
1 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of outdoor to Zone B.
2 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of Zone A to Zone B

It is also suited to be installed in a power generation station/substation according to the generic

standard IEC 61000-6-5 for interfaces type 1 and 2, without any specific protection against surges.

35012474 10/2019 73
General Rules for Installation

The following figure shows the interface types defined in the generic standard IEC 61000-6-5:

1 Inside protected area

2 Inside interface and/or control room and/or process area not involved in the electrical process
3 Inside or from process area involved in the electrical process
4 Connections from outside (HV area and external telecommunication)

Protection Against Surges of AC Power Lines for More Severe Environments

The design of these modules are suited to ensure an immunity level for surges of 2 kV Line to
ground and 1 kV line to line and do not require any external protection on AC line branch.
If it is intended to install the PLC and its AC I/Os in a IEC 61131-2 zone C or to a IEC 61000-6-5
type 3 or type 4 interface: primary protection provided only and severe interference coupling, it is
the responsibility of the system integrator or the customer to take care of the system and protect it
in the right manner.
It is possible, providing mitigation measures, to install the PLC and the IO module in a such
environment.
All the installation requirements are detailed in the chapter J - Overvoltage protection of the
Schneider Electrical Installation Guide. This documentation is available for download on
www.schneider-electric.com.
Adding a type 2/class II surge protection device (SPD), for example an iQuick PRD20r modular
surge arrester with voltage protection level (Up) ≤1.5 kV, will allow to withstand surges of 4 kV
Line to ground and 2 kV line to line.

74 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Wiring Precautions

At a Glance
Discrete inputs/outputs feature protective measures which ensure a high resistance to industrial
environmental conditions. Nevertheless, the rules described below must be followed.

External Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators

Use quick-blow fuses to protect external sensor and pre-actuator power supplies associated with
discrete input/output modules against short-circuits and overloads.
For 40-pin connector discrete input/output modules, link the sensor/pre-actuator power supply to
each connector, except in the event where the corresponding channels are not in use and are not
assigned to any task.

DANGER
IMPROPER GROUNDING HAZARD
Install the 24V supply according to applicable codes. The 0V terminals of the 24V power supplies
must be connected to metallic ground and safety ground as close as possible to the supply. This
is to ensure personnel safety in the event of a power phase coming into contact with the 24V
supply.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: If an input/ouput module is present on the PLC, connect the sensor and pre-actuator power
supply to the power supply of the module otherwise, an external power supply error occurs causing
the input/output LED to flash.

35012474 10/2019 75
General Rules for Installation

Inputs
Recommendations for use concerning the inputs of discrete modules are as follows:
 for 24 VDC inputs and line coupling with an alternating current network:

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
 Avoid excessive coupling between AC cables and cables relaying signals intended for
direct current inputs.
 Follow the cable routing rules.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

This case (excessive coupling) is illustrated in the following circuit diagram.

When the input contact is open, the alternating currents may induce a current in the input which
might cause it to be set to 1.
For a 240 VAC/50 Hz line coupling, do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the
summary table at the end of this section. For a coupling with a different voltage, use the
following formula:

76 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

 for 24 to 240 VAC inputs and line coupling:

When the line that controls the input is open, the current passes according to the coupling
capacitance of the cable (see circuit diagram below).

Do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table below.
The following summary table shows the acceptable line capacitance values.

Module Maximum coupling capacitance

24 to 125 VDC inputs
BMX DDI 1602 45 nF (1)
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604T
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDI 3202 K 25 nF (1)
BMX DDI 6402 K
BMX DDM 3202 K
24 to 140 VAC inputs
BMX DAI 0805 50 nF
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DAI 1602 50 nF
BMX DAI 1603 60 nF
BMX DAI 0814 70 nF
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1604

(1) max. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz line

Example: A standard cable of 1 m in length has a coupling capacity that falls within 100 and 150 pF.

35012474 10/2019 77
General Rules for Installation

Outputs
For the outputs of discrete I/O modules, follow the recommendations described here.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Use wires of a sufficient diameter to avoid drops in voltage, overheating, and unexpected
equipment operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Cable Routing

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Observe the precautions below for the wiring system.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Precautions for use to be taken concerning the wiring system are as follows:
 in order to reduce the number of alternating couplings, separate the power circuit cables (power
supplies, power switches, etc.) from input cables (sensors) and output cables (pre-actuators)
both inside and outside the equipment
 outside the equipment, place the cables leading to inputs/outputs in covers that make them
easily distinguishable from those containing wires relaying high energy levels. Place them in
separate metal cableways which are grounded. Route these various cables at least 100 mm
(4 in.) apart

78 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector

Modules

Introduction
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators, or terminals using a cable
designed to enable trouble-free direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, ARC FLASH OR EXPLOSION
40-pin connectors must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage
switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the connection of the cable to the module.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
During the installation process, ensure that the connectors are identified with the corresponding
modules so that incorrect connection cannot occur. Plugging the wrong connector into a module
will result in unexpected equipment operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 79
General Rules for Installation

BMX FCW ••• Connection Cables

They are made up of:
 at one end, a compound-filled 40-pin connector from which extend 1 or 2 cable sheaths, each
containing 20 wires with a cross-sectional area of 0.34 mm2 (AWG 22)

 at the other end, free wire ends color coded

The cables with 1 cable sheath containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-pin connectors to
the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
 3 meters: BMX FCW 301
 5 meters: BMX FCW 501
 10 meters: BMX FCW 1001

The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••1 cables.

80 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

The cables with 2 cable sheaths containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-pin connectors to
the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
 3 meters: BMX FCW 303
 5 meters: BMX FCW 503
 10 meters: BMX FCW 1003

The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••3 cables.

NOTE: A strand of nylon incorporated in the cable allows the cable sheath to be stripped with ease.
NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCW ••• cable connection screws is 0.8 N•m
(0.59 lb-ft).

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage,
resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 81
General Rules for Installation

Connection of BMX FCW ••• Cables

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••1 cables:

82 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••3 cables:

35012474 10/2019 83
General Rules for Installation

BMX FCW ••• Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Conductor description Number of conductors  20 for BMX FCW ••1
 40 for BMX FCW ••3

Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper
Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
Applicable standards DIN47100

84 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector

Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces

At a Glance
The inputs/outputs of discrete 40-pin connector modules are connected to TELEFAST quick-wiring
connection and adaptation interfaces using specific cables for 40-pin to HE10 connectors.

Illustration
The drawing below shows the connection of a discrete 40-pin connector module to a TELEFAST
interface.

35012474 10/2019 85
General Rules for Installation

BMX FCC ••• Connection Cables

The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 1xHE10 come in 6 different lengths:
 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 051
 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 101
 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 201
 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 301
 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 501
 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1001

The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 2xHE10 come in 6 different lengths:
 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 053
 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 103
 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 203
 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 303
 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 503
 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1003

86 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Connection of BMX FCC ••• Cables

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••1 cables.

35012474 10/2019 87
General Rules for Installation

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••3 cables.

NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCC ••• cable connection screws is 0,5 N•m
(0.37 lb-ft).

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage,
resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

88 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

BMX FCC ••• Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Conductor description Number of conductors  20 for BMX FCC ••1
 40 for BMX FCC ••3

Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper
Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
Applicable standards DIN47100

35012474 10/2019 89
General Rules for Installation

Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility

At a Glance
The compatibility between sensors and discrete module inputs depends on the type of sensor
used.
Similarly, the compatibility between pre-actuators and discrete module outputs depends on the
type of pre-actuator used.

Sensor/Input Compatibility
The following table presents the compatibility between 3-wire sensors and 24 VDC and 48 VDC
inputs.

3-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 3 positive logic (sink)
inputs: all 3-wire PNP inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and
photo-electric detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC
and 48 VDC are compatible with all positive logic inputs.

3-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all 3-wire NPN
inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric detectors
which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC are
compatible with all negative logic inputs.

90 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

The following table presents the compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24 VDC and 48 VDC
inputs.

2-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 1 positive logic (sink)
inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating
voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC and with the characteristics described
in the next table are compatible with all positive logic 24 VDC inputs.

2-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all proximity sensors
or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24 VDC are
compatible with all negative logic 24 VDC inputs.

Compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24/48 VAC and 120 VAC inputs:
All IEC 60947-5-2 compliant 2-wire AC proximity sensors able to withstand 100...120 VAC are
compatible with all IEC 61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant 110...20 VAC inputs.

35012474 10/2019 91
General Rules for Installation

The following tables provide a summary of compatibility between sensors and discrete input/output
module inputs.

Types of proximity sensor Types of input

24 VDC 48 VDC 24 VDC 24/48 VDC
Positive Type 1 Type 3 Negative
logic Positive Positive logic
logic logic
All PNP-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors X X X -
All NPN-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors - - - X
Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) - X X -
proximity sensors with the following
characteristics:
 Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 7 V
 Minimum switched current ≤ 2.5 mA
 Residual current in open state ≤ 1.5 mA

Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) X X X -

proximity sensors with the following
characteristics:
 Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 4 V
 Minimum switched current ≤ 1 mA
 Residual current in open state ≤ 0.5 mA

X compatible
- not compatible
DC DC voltage operation

Types of proximity sensor Types of input

24 VAC 48 VAC 100-120 VAC
Type 1 Type 3 Type 3
2-wire (AC/DC) proximity sensor (see note) X X X
2-wire (AC) proximity sensor X X X
X compatible
AC AC voltage operation
AC/DC AC or DC voltage operation

NOTE: 24 VDC inputs can be used in positive (sink) or negative (source) logic but are not
IEC compliant.

92 35012474 10/2019
 General Rules for Installation

Compatibility of Pre-Actuators with Outputs

Compatibility of DC Pre-actuators with Outputs:
Comply with the output’s maximum current and maximum switching frequency as specified in the
module characteristics.
NOTE: Where low consumption pre-actuators are used, special attention must be paid to the
leakage current of the idle output, to ensure that the maximum current is correctly calculated:
I max = I nominal + I leakage
Given that:
I nominal = Current required to operate by the pre-actuator
I leakage = Maximum leakage current in idle output state
Compatibility of Tungsten Filament Lamps and Static Outputs (Static Current):
For outputs with protection against short circuits, the maximum power of the tungsten filament
lamps specified in the module characteristics must comply. If not, the lamp’s pick-up current might
cause a tripped output at the time of power-up.
Compatibility of AC Pre-actuators and Relay Outputs:
Inductive AC pre-actuators have a pick-up current of up to 10 times their holding current for a
duration of 2/F seconds (F = alternating current frequency). Relay outputs are therefore set to
withstand these conditions (AC14 and AC15). The table of characteristics for relay outputs gives
the maximum authorized running power (in AV) according to the number of operations.

CAUTION
SHORTENED RELAY LIFE
Ensure that currents switched by the relay outputs do not exceed the relay ratings. Excessive
currents will shorten relay life.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 93
General Rules for Installation

94 35012474 10/2019
 Modicon X80
Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 3
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Subject of this Section

This section explains the processing of hardware detected faults related to discrete input/output
modules.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
General Protective Measures 96
Module and Channel Status Display 97
Diagnostics 102
Checking the Connection 106

35012474 10/2019 95
Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

General Protective Measures

At a Glance
Some general protective measures are integrated into the channels of discrete input/ouput direct
current modules.

DC Outputs
Every static output (except where specifically labeled "Non-Protected"), features a protective
device which allows the following to be detected when an output is active:
 An overload or short circuit. Events such as these cause the output to be deactivated (tripped)
and the event to be indicated on the display on the front panel of the module (the LED
corresponding to the channel flashes, the I/O LED comes on).
 Reversal of polarity. An event such as this causes the power supply to short circuit without
damaging the module. In order to obtain optimal protection, a quick-blow fuse must be installed
on the power supply and upstream from the pre-actuators.
 Inductive overvoltage. Each output is individually protected against inductive overvoltage and
has a fast electro-magnet demagnetization circuit using a zener diode which allows the
mechanical cycle of certain fast machines to be reduced.

DC Inputs
24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs are of constant current type. The input current is constant for a voltage
greater than:
 15 V for 24 VDC inputs
 25 V for the 48 VDC inputs
This characteristic has the following advantages:
 guaranteed minimum current in active state in accordance with IEC standards
 limited consumed current when input voltage increases, to avoid the module overheating
unnecessarily
 reduced consumed current to the power supply sensor supplied by the PLC power supply or a
process power supply

96 35012474 10/2019
 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Module and Channel Status Display

At a Glance
The discrete I/O modules are equipped with a display block featuring LEDs that displays the
module’s channels status the overall module status.

Illustration
The figure below shows the position of the channel status display LEDs as well as the 3 (or 4)
module status LEDs, on the front panel of the discrete I/O modules.

35012474 10/2019 97
Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Description
The following table explains how the LEDs located on the discrete I/O display block operate.

LEDs Continually Lit Flashing Off

RUN module operating normally N/A module inoperative or off

(green)
ERR internal event: Module analysis Communication loss between no detected internal error
(red) needed the discrete module and the
CPU
I/O external event: overload, short Terminal block incorrectly no detected external error
(red) circuit, sensor/pre-actuator wired
voltage error
+32 selection of channels 32 to 63 N/A selection of channels 0 to 31
Green
Channel channel at 1 channel error, overload, short channel at 0
status circuit, or open wire detected(1)
(1) When channel status is open wire detected, the flashing timing is the following:
 64 ms ON
 64 ms OFF
 64 ms ON
 2000 ms OFF

NOTE: The +32 LED is only present on the 64-channel modules. It is enabled/disabled with a push-
button located on the top of the module. By default, the first 32 channels are displayed.
NOTE: For a mixed input/output module, the first line of channel status LEDs represents the inputs
(for example, for a mixed 16 input/16 output module, LEDs 0 to 15 represent the inputs and LEDs
16 to 31 represent the outputs).

98 35012474 10/2019
 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's:
 BMX DDI 1602
 BMX DDI 1603
 BMX DDI 1604T
 BMX DDI 3202K
 BMX DDI 6402K
 BMX DDM 16022
 BMX DDM 3202K
 BMX DDM 16025

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 99
Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Display Panels
When a voltage is present on an input or output, the corresponding LED is lit.
Display of internal or external events is only effective once the module has been configured. After
powering-up or a cold start, all the LEDs flash twice (for 2 seconds) to show that the module is
operational. When an event is detected, the channel status is recorded until the cause of the event
is cleared.
There are several display blocks depending on the type of discrete I/O module.

Modules Display Panel illustration Description

BMX DAI 0805 These modules have:
BMX DAI 0814  3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O
BMX DRA 0804T  8 channel status LEDs
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRC 0805

BMX DDI 1602 These modules have:

BMX DDI 1603  3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O
BMX DDI 1604T  16 channel status LEDs
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DDI 3202 K These modules have:
BMX DDO 3202 K  3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O
BMX DDM 3202 K  32 channel status LEDs
BMX DDM 16022(1)
BMX DDM 16025(1)

(1) The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input
group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.

100 35012474 10/2019

 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Modules Display Panel illustration Description

BMX DDI 6402 K These modules have:
BMX DDO 6402 K  3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O
 a +32 LED to display channels 32 to 63
 32 channel status LEDs
 a switch to display channels 32 to 63

(1) The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input
group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.

35012474 10/2019 101

Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Diagnostics

At a Glance
The diagnostics function detects any conditions that may affect module operation. Three
diagnostic groups can be identified:
 internal events
 external events
 other events

Internal Events
Internal events concern all internal module conditions and all communication loss occurrences that
prevent a discrete input/output module from operating correctly.
A communication loss can be caused by:
 a hardware detected fault at rack bus level
 a processor malfunction or power cable circuit open or short
 a power cable circuit open or short

102 35012474 10/2019

 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

External Events
External events include:
 Overload and Short-Circuit: Static output modules contain a device for checking the load status.
In the event of an overload or short-circuit of one or more outputs, they are tripped to open
circuit. The status will be shown on the front panel of the module - the LEDs corresponding to
the tripped outputs will flash and the red I/O LED will light up.
 Sensor Voltage Error: All input modules contain a device for checking sensor voltage for all
module channels. This device checks that sensor and module power supply voltages are of a
sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module’s input channels. When sensor voltage
is less than or equal to the defined threshold, the status is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on
front panel of the module.
 Pre-actuator Voltage Error: All 24 VDC and 48 VDC transistor output modules contain a device
for checking the pre-actuator voltage of all module channels. This device checks that pre-
actuator and module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation
of the module’s output channels. This voltage must be greater than 18 V (24 VDC supply) or 36
V (48 VDC supply) for modules with direct current static outputs. In the event of pre-actuator
voltage being less than or equal to this threshold, the error is shown by the I/O LED lighting up
on the front panel of the module.
 Open wire Error: Some modules (for example BMXDAI1614/DAI1615) can detect the open wire
error by checking the leakage current in the loop. In order to get the appropriate leakage current,
an external resistor might be required. See details in the characteristic page of the specific
module.
NOTE: The sensor/pre-actuator voltage check is unique to terminal block modules. In 32 or 64-
channel connector modules, there is one checking device per connector (equivalent to one per
group of 16 channels).
A sensor or pre-actuator voltage error leads to all the inputs and outputs of the group affected by
the error (i.e. groups of 8 or 16 channels for a terminal block module and the group of 16 channels
for a 32 or 64-channel connector module) to be set to inactive.
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
NOTE: Relay output modules do not contain pre-actuator voltage checking devices.

35012474 10/2019 103

Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Other Events
The other errors category includes loss of power to the modules.

Description
The following table can be used to determine the module’s status on the basis of the LEDs located
on the discrete input/output modules’ display panel.

State of module LEDs

RUN (green) ERR (red) I/O (red)
Normal operation

Internal events Module analysis needed

CPU communication interruption

External events Overload, short circuit, sensor/pre-

actuator voltage error, open wire

Configuration Self-test of the module at start-up

Not configured module

Other events Module loss of power

Key:
LED on

LED flashing

LED off

104 35012474 10/2019

 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's:
 BMX DDI 1602
 BMX DDI 1603
 BMX DDI 1604T
 BMX DDI 3202K
 BMX DDI 6402K
 BMX DDM 16022
 BMX DDM 3202K
 BMX DDM 16025

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 105

Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Checking the Connection

At a Glance
In order to check the discrete I/O connection, ensure that:
 sensor data is registered by the corresponding inputs and by the processor
 control orders from the processor are registered by the outputs and transmitted to the
corresponding pre-actuators

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Active outputs can activate machine movements.
All power must be turned off before this check is carried out:
1. remove power fuses from the motor controls
2. turn off the power of hydraulic and pneumatic units
3. power up the PLC fitted with its Discrete I/O modules
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

Description
After this, it is possible to check the connection of the Discrete I/O modules:
 without a terminal: activate each sensor and check whether the corresponding input LED
changes. If it remains unchanged, check the wiring and correct operation of the sensor.
 with a terminal (more in-depth check on the connection of the inputs/outputs). An application
with configured I/Os in the PLC is required, even if it is empty (in that case, do not declare any
module in the ‘FAST task’).
 This check can be carried out with the PLC in RUN mode, from a PC equipped with
Control Expert software giving access to debug functions.
 This check can also be carried out with an entire application loaded in the memory. In this
case, stop the processing of the program by de-activating the MAST, FAST and event
(see page 399)tasks by setting system bits %S30, %S31, and %S38 to 0.

106 35012474 10/2019

 Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

Input Check
The following table shows the procedure for checking input connections.

Step Action
1 Activate each sensor and check that the corresponding input LED changes status.
2 Check on the terminal screen that the corresponding input bit (%I•) also changes status.

Output Check
The following table shows the procedure for checking output connections.

Step Action
1 From the terminal, set each bit (%Q•) that corresponds to an output to 1 then 0.
2 Check that the corresponding output LED turns on then off and that the corresponding
pre-actuator activates then de-activates.

35012474 10/2019 107

Discrete Modules: Diagnostic Processing

108 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDI 1602
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 4
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 110
Characteristics 111
Connecting the Module 113

35012474 10/2019 109

BMX DDI 1602

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDI 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It
is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 1602
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

110 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1602

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1602 and BMX DDI 1602H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1602 and BMX DDI 1602H
modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDI 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)
At 0 Voltage 5V
Current < 1.5 mA
Sensor supply (including ripple for 19...30 V
standard module) (possible up to 34 V, limited to
1 hour/day)
Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ
Response time Typical 4 ms
Maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 738 749
hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules
for input redundancy.

35012474 10/2019 111

BMX DDI 1602

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP
compliant) any type (see page 90)
Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs (1) Yes
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 18 VDC
threshold Error < 14 VDC
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
response time at 24 V
On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 46 mA
Maximum 73 mA
Power dissipation 2.5 W max.
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules
for input redundancy.

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1602H, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed
26.4 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1602H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than
26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

112 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1602

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 113

BMX DDI 1602

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

114 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1602

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 115

BMX DDI 1602

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

116 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDI 1603
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 5
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules

BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 118
Characteristics 119
Connecting the Module 121

35012474 10/2019 117

BMX DDI 1603

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDI 1603 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It
is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 1603
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

118 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1603

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1603 and BMX DDI 1603H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1603 and BMX DDI 1603H
modules:

Module type 48 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 1603 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDI 1603H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 48 VDC
Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 34 V
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 34 V)
At 0 Voltage 10 V
Current < 0.5 mA
Sensor supply 36...60 V
(including ripple)
Input impedance At nominal U 19.2 kΩ
Response time Typical 4 ms
Maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 738 749
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
(30°C) (86°F)
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules
for input redundancy.

35012474 10/2019 119

BMX DDI 1603

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any
standard compliant) type (see page 90)
Dielectric strength 1 500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs (1) Yes
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 36 VDC
Error < 24 VDC
Sensor voltage: monitoring response On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%)
On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 47 mA
Maximum 60 mA
Power dissipation 3.6 W max.
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules
for input redundancy.

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1603H, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed
52.8 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1603H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than
52.8 V or less than 42.2 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

120 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1603

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 121

BMX DDI 1603

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

122 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1603

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 48 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 123

BMX DDI 1603

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

124 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDI 1604T
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 6
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1604T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 126
Characteristics 127
Connecting the Module 130

35012474 10/2019 125

BMX DDI 1604T

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDI 1604T module is a 125 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.
NOTE: BMX DDI 1604T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the General
Characteristics (see page 127) topic of this chapter.

Illustration

126 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1604T

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DDI 1604T for use at altitude up
to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1604T module:

Module type 125 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating
curve (see the graph below the
table).
Nominal input values Voltage 125 VDC
Current 2.4 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 88 VDC
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 88 V)
At 0 Voltage 36 VDC
Current < 0.5 mA
Sensor supply (including 100...150 V (156 V including
ripple for standard module) ripple)
Input impedance At nominal U 50 kΩ
Response time Typical 5 ms
Maximum 9 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 888 402
operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Dielectric strength 2500 VDC for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Type of input Current sink
Paralleling of inputs Yes

35012474 10/2019 127

BMX DDI 1604T

Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold I/O LED off > 100 VDC
I/O LED on < 80 VDC
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
at 125 VDC (-20% ... +20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 5 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 1.85 W
4-channel at 70°C Maximum 2.85 W
Sensor supply consumption Typical 3.07 W
8-channel at 60°C
Maximum 4.61 W
Sensor supply consumption Typical 4.29 W
12-channel at 50°C Maximum 6.37 W
Sensor supply consumption Typical 5.51 W
16-channel at -25...40°C
Maximum 8.13 W
Power dissipation 3.2 W max. at 70 °C
5.0 W max. at 60 °C
6.7 W max. at 50 °C
8.5 W max. at 40 °C
Input operating voltage range 88...150 VDC
Maximum input voltage 156 VDC (including ripple)

The following graph shows the temperature derating of BMX DDI 1604T.

128 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1604T

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1604T, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed
150 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1604T at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than
150 V or less than 100 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 129

BMX DDI 1604T

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1604T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

130 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1604T

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 131

BMX DDI 1604T

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

Fuse Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A

132 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 1604T

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 133

BMX DDI 1604T

134 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 1602
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 7
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 136
Characteristics 137
Connecting the Module 139

35012474 10/2019 135

BMX DAI 1602

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 1602 module is a 24 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.
This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1602
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

136 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1602

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1602 and BMX DAI 1602H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1602 and BMX DAI 1602H
modules:

BMX DAI 1602(H) Module 24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VAC 24 VDC
Current 3 mA 3.9 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz (n/a)
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 15 V ≥ 15 V
Current ≥ 2 mA ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤5V ≤5V
Current ≤ 1 mA ≤ 0.5 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz (n/a)
Sensor supply (including ripple) 20...26 V 19...30 V
Peak of current on enabling (at 5 mA (n/a)
nominal U)
Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 6 kΩ
Response time Activation 15 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Resistive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1 (n/a)
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC) 2-wire (DC), and
standard compliant) (see page 90) 3-wire (DC) PNP
any type
(see page 90)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 1 307 702
in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

35012474 10/2019 137

BMX DAI 1602

BMX DAI 1602(H) Module 24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs

Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V
threshold Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V
On disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 1.45 mA
Maximum 1.8 mA
Power dissipation 3 W max.
Operating temperature BMX DAI 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

138 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1602

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

35012474 10/2019 139

BMX DAI 1602

Module Connection (AC Power Supply)

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

140 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1602

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using an AC power
supply.

power supply: 24 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 141

BMX DAI 1602

Module Connection (DC Power Supply)

This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

142 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1602

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using a DC power
supply.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 143

BMX DAI 1602

144 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 1603
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 8
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 146
Characteristics 147
Connecting the Module 149

35012474 10/2019 145

BMX DAI 1603

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 1603 module is a 48 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1603
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

146 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1603

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1603 and BMX DAI 1603H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1603 and BMX DAI 1603H
modules:

Module type 48 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1603 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 1603H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 48 VAC
Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 34 V
Current ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 10 V
Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Sensor supply (including ripple) 40...52 V
Peak of current on enabling (at 95 mA
nominal U)
Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 9 kΩ
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 1 303 645
in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

35012474 10/2019 147

BMX DAI 1603

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 36 V
threshold Error < 24 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V
On disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 466 mA
Maximum 846 mA
Power dissipation 4 W max.

148 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1603

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

35012474 10/2019 149

BMX DAI 1603

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

150 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1603

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 48 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 151

BMX DAI 1603

152 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 1604
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 9
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1604 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 154
Characteristics 155
Connecting the Module 157

35012474 10/2019 153

BMX DAI 1604

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 1604 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal
block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1604H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1604
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

154 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1604

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1604 and BMX DAO 1604H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1604 and BMX DAO 1604H
modules:

Module type 100...120 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1604 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 1604H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 VAC
Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 74 V
Current ≥ 2.5 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V
Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Sensor supply (including ripple) 85...132 V
Peak of current on enabling 240 mA
(at nominal U)
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 13 kΩ
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1 303 067
hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

35012474 10/2019 155

BMX DAI 1604

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 82 V
threshold Error < 40 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V
on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA
maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption typical 228 mA
maximum 510 mA
Power dissipation 3.8 W max.

156 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1604

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1604 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

35012474 10/2019 157

BMX DAI 1604

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

158 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1604

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 100...120 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 159

BMX DAI 1604

160 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 1614
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 10
BMX DAI 1614 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1614 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1614 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 162
Characteristics 163
Connecting the Module 165

35012474 10/2019 161

BMX DAI 1614

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 1614 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal
block. This module has 16 input isolated channels that operate on alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1614 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module
BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31 or higher.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1614H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1614
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

162 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1614

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1614H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1614H
modules:

Module type 100...120 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1614 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 1614H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 VAC
Current 2...15 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 79 V
Current ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V
Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Peak of current on enabling 190 mA
(at nominal U)
Max channel input voltage 132 Vrms @ 63 Hz
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 14 kΩ
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous 970 000
operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

35012474 10/2019 163

BMX DAI 1614

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for
1 min.
Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for
1 min.
Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 85 V
Error < 40 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring response on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%)
on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA
maximum 126 mA
Open wire detection: current threshold Ok: > 0.3 mA
Error: < 0.2 mA
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation 200 KΩ (1W)
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the
leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA.
Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section Open Wire
Detection Function (see page 168).
Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

164 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1614

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1614 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of
16 input channels.

35012474 10/2019 165

BMX DAI 1614

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
 Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the
module.
 Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open
wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

166 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1614

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.25A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 100...120 Vac

NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 132 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the module.

35012474 10/2019 167

BMX DAI 1614

Open Wire Detection Function

The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of
the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the general characteristics table
(see page 163).
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA),
then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an
external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the module connection
(see page 166).
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).
Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according
the following method:

UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.

IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA
ZDAI_MAX = 17 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 14 kΩ (for 57 Hz)

UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.

ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 1 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input channel at 0).
ZDAI_MIN = 14 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 12 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.

NOTE:
Open wire detection limitations:
 If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance REXT_MAX, the
open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open.
 If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance REXT_MIN, the
corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
 If the supply monitoring function (see page 169) is active and there is a loss of IO power supply,
the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert.

168 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1614

Supply Monitoring Function

The BMXDAI1614 module is a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common
pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared
with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs
to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel
isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter Configuration
(see page 387) for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
 When the IO supply is higher than 85 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power
supply is ok.
 When the IO supply is lower than 40 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected
error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0.

35012474 10/2019 169

BMX DAI 1614

170 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 1615
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 11
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 172
Characteristics 173
Connecting the Module 175

35012474 10/2019 171

BMX DAI 1615

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 1615 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal
block. This module has 16 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1615 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module
BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31 or higher.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1615
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

172 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1615

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1615 and BMX DAI 1615H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1615 and BMX DAI 1615H
module:

Module type 200...240 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1615 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 1615H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 200...240 VAC
Current 3...15 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 164 V
Current ≥ 3 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 40 V
Current ≤ 2 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) 380 mA
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 30 kΩ
Max channel input voltage 264 Vrms @ 63 Hz
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at 970 000
ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A

35012474 10/2019 173

BMX DAI 1615

Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to channel 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Sensor voltage: OK > 170 V
monitoring threshold
Error < 80 V
Sensor voltage: on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
monitoring response time on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA
maximum 126 mA
Open wire detection: current threshold Ok: > 0.3 mA
Error: < 0.2 mA
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation 200 KΩ (1W)
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage
current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor
calculation is provided in the section Open Wire Detection Function
(see page 178).
Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

174 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1615

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of
input channels.

35012474 10/2019 175

BMX DAI 1615

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
 Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the
module.
 Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open
wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

176 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1615

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.5A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 220...240 Vac

NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 264 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the
module.

35012474 10/2019 177

BMX DAI 1615

Open Wire Detection Function

The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of
the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the general characteristics table
(see page 173).
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA),
then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an
external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the module connection
(see page 176).
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).
Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according
the following method:

UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.

IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA
ZDAI_MAX = 39 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 32 kΩ (for 57 Hz)

UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.

ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 2 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input channel at 0).
ZDAI_MIN = 28 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 24 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.

NOTE:
Open wire detection limitations:
 If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance REXT_MAX, the
open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open.
 If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance REXT_MIN, the
corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
 If the supply monitoring function (see page 179) is active and there is a loss of IO power supply,
the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert.

178 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 1615

Supply Monitoring Function

The BMXDAI1615 module is a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common
pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared
with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs
to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel
isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter Configuration
(see page 387) for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
 When the IO supply is higher than 170 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power
supply is ok.
 When the IO supply is lower than 80 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected
error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0.

35012474 10/2019 179

BMX DAI 1615

180 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 0805
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 12
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules

BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 182
Characteristics 183
Connecting the Module 185

35012474 10/2019 181

BMX DAI 0805

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 0805 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal
block. This module has 8 input channels that operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 0805
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

182 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0805

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 0805 and BMX DAI 0805H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0805 and BMX DAI 0805H
module:

Module type 200...240 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 0805 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAI 0805H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Absolute maximum input Continuous 264 VAC
10s 300 VAC
1 cycle 400 VAC
Nominal input values Voltage 200...240 VAC
Current 10.40 mA (for U=220 V at 50 Hz)
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 159 V
Current > 6 mA (for U=159)
At 0 Voltage ≤ 40 V
Current ≤ 4 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Sensor supply (including ripple) 170...264 V
Peak of current on enabling 480 mA
(at nominal U)
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 21 kΩ
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 2
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
compliant)

35012474 10/2019 183

BMX DAI 0805

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1 730 522

hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Dielectric strength 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 164 V
threshold Error < 80 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time
on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA
maximum 126 mA
Sensor supply consumption typical 93.60 mA
maximum 154.80 mA
Power dissipation 4.73 W max.

184 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0805

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

35012474 10/2019 185

BMX DAI 0805

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

186 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0805

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 200...240 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474 10/2019 187

BMX DAI 0805

188 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAI 0814
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 13
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module

BMX DAI 0814 Input Module

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 0814 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 190
Characteristics 191
Connecting the Module 193

35012474 10/2019 189

BMX DAI 0814

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAI 0814 module is a 100...120 Vac discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal
block. The module has 8 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current.

Illustration

190 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0814

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DAI 0814 for use at altitude up to
2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0814 module:

Module type 100...120 Vac inputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 Vac
Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 74 V
Current ≥ 2.5 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V
Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Sensor supply (including ripple) 85...132 V
Peak of current on enabling 240 mA
(at nominal U)
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 13 kΩ
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC) (see page 90)
standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1700000
hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Fuse type Internal None
External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 61 mA
maximum 112 mA

35012474 10/2019 191

BMX DAI 0814

Dielectric strength Channel to Bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to Channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation Channel to Bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Channel to Channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Power dissipation 2.35 W max.

192 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0814

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 0814 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

35012474 10/2019 193

BMX DAI 0814

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

194 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAI 0814

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

power supply: 100...120 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.25A
NC not connected

35012474 10/2019 195

BMX DAI 0814

196 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDI 3202 K
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 14
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 3202 K module, its characteristics and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 198
Characteristics 199
Connecting the Module 201

35012474 10/2019 197

BMX DDI 3202 K

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It is
a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32 input channels receive current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3202KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 3202K
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

198 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 3202 K

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3202K and
BMX DDI 3202KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3202 K and BMX DDI 3202 KH
modules.

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 3202 K 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDI 3202 KH -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)
At 0 Voltage 5V
Current < 1.5 mA
Sensor supply 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
(including ripple)
Input impedance at nominal U 9.6 kΩ
Response time typical 4 ms
maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 Type 3
standard
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type
(IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) (see page 90)
Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Between channel 500 VDC
groups

35012474 10/2019 199

BMX DDI 3202 K

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No
Reliability MTBF in hours at 696 320
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Sensor voltage: OK > 18 VDC
monitoring threshold
Error < 14 VDC
Sensor voltage: on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
monitoring response time on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
at 24 V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 121 mA
maximum 160 mA
Sensor supply typical 92 mA
consumption maximum 145 mA
Power dissipation 3.9 W max.

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 3202 KH, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not
exceed 26.4 V and the minimum value must not be less than 21.1 V when operated within
60...70 °C (140...158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 3202 KH within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) if the sensor power supply
is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

200 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 3202 K

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirty-two input
channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 201

BMX DDI 3202 K

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

202 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 3202 K

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply

35012474 10/2019 203

BMX DDI 3202 K

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

204 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDI 6402 K
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 15
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the various sensors.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 206
Characteristics 207
Connecting the Module 209

35012474 10/2019 205

BMX DDI 6402 K

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40-pin connectors.
It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 64 input channels receive current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 6402KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 6402
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

206 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 6402 K

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 6402K and
BMX DDI 6402KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 6402 K and BMX DDI 6402 KH
modules.

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 6402K 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDI 6402KH -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 1 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 15 V
At 0 Voltage 4V
Sensor supply 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to
(including ripple) 1 hour/day)
Input impedance at nominal U 24 kΩ
Response time typical 4 ms
maximum 7 ms
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel
group
Type of input Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard No type
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 No compatibility (only 1 contact per sensor
standard compliant) allowed)
Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min
Between channel 500 VDC
groups
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs No

35012474 10/2019 207

BMX DDI 6402 K

Reliability MTBF for continuous 342 216

operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
24 V (-15% ... +20%) on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 160 mA
maximum 226 mA
Sensor supply consumption typical 96 mA
maximum 125 mA
Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

208 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 6402 K

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixty-four
input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 209

BMX DDI 6402 K

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

210 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDI 6402 K

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply

35012474 10/2019 211

BMX DDI 6402 K

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

212 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDO 1602
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 16
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 214
Characteristics 215
Connecting the Module 217

35012474 10/2019 213

BMX DDO 1602

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDO 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 16 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 1602
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

214 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1602

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1602 and BMX DDO 1602H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1602 and BMX DDO 1602H
modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDO 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDO 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating
curve (see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for
1 hour/day)
Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 10 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 6W
Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA
Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V
Load impedance minimum 48 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 392 285
in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86°F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2)
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

35012474 10/2019 215

BMX DDO 1602

Built-in protection against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)
against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric
overloads circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V
threshold
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring on appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time
on disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA
maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption typical 23 mA
(excluding load current) maximum 32 mA
Power dissipation 4 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1602H, the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed
26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F).

216 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1602

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 217

BMX DDO 1602

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

218 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1602

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474 10/2019 219

BMX DDO 1602

220 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDO 1612
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 17
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 1612 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 222
Characteristics 223
Connecting the Module 225

35012474 10/2019 221

BMX DDO 1612

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDO 1612 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
It is a negative logic (or sink) module: its 16 output channels receive current from the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1612H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 1612
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

222 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1612

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1612 and BMX DDO 1612H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1612 and BMX DDO 1612H
modules:

Module type 24 VDC negative logic static outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDO 1612 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDO 1612H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for
1 hour/day)
Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 10 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 6W
Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA
Residual voltage At 1 < 1.2 V
Load impedance minimum 48 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 403 804
hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)
Compatibility with DC inputs Yes (source and no type inputs)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

35012474 10/2019 223

BMX DDO 1612

Built-in protection(2) against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

against reverse polarity Yes, by reverse-mounted diode
against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric
overloads circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
Pre-actuator voltage: OK > 18 V
monitoring threshold
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: on appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
monitoring response time
on disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA
maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption typical 23 mA
(Excluding load current) maximum 32 mA
Power dissipation 2.26 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1612H, the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed
26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F).

224 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1612

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1612 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (negative logic).

35012474 10/2019 225

BMX DDO 1612

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

226 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 1612

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474 10/2019 227

BMX DDO 1612

228 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DRA 0804T
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 18
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 0804T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 230
Characteristics 231
Connecting the Module 233

35012474 10/2019 229

BMX DRA 0804T

Introduction

Function
The BMX DRA 0804T module is a 125 VDC discrete relay module connected via a 20-pin terminal
block. Its 8 relay output channels operate on direct current.
NOTE: BMX DRA 0804T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the General
Characteristics (see page 231) topic of this chapter.

Illustration

230 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0804T

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DRA 0804T for use at altitude up
to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0804T module:

Module type Relay outputs for direct current

Operating temperature -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Rated voltage Direct 125 VDC
Voltage range Direct 100...150 VDC
Maximum switching current 0.3 A
Response time Activation < 10 ms
Deactivation < 10 ms
Surge current 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms
maximum
Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
voltage in DC modes
against short-circuits and None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay.
overloads
Reliability MTBF for continuous 2 683 411
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Power dissipation 3.17 W maximum
Field to Bus (Dielectric strength) 2000 V actual
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ
(at 500 VDC)
Power supply 3.3 V Typical 40 mA
consumption Maximum 75 mA
24 V (All Typical 101 mA
channels
Maximum 137 mA
stay at 1)
Point to point isolation 1780 VAC rms

35012474 10/2019 231

BMX DRA 0804T

Output current 0.3 A at 125 VDC (resistive load) 100,000 ops. minimum
0.1 A (L/R = 10 ms) 100,000 ops. minimum
Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

232 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0804T

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0804T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Note the enlargement of the pre-actuator.
It is recommended to install this type of protection on the terminals of each pre-actuator.

35012474 10/2019 233

BMX DRA 0804T

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

234 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0804T

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 125 VDC (100...150 VDC)

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay
NC: not connected

NOTE: A Zener Diode voltage of 47V or slightly higher is recommended.

35012474 10/2019 235

BMX DRA 0804T

236 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DRA 0805
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 19
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 238
Characteristics 239
Connecting the Module 242

35012474 10/2019 237

BMX DRA 0805

Introduction

Function
The BMX DRA 0805 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 0805
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

238 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0805

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0805 and BMX DRA 0805H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0805 and BMX DRA 0805H
modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Operating temperature BMX DRA 0805 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DRA 0805H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Rated voltage Direct 24 VDC
Alternating 24...240 VAC
Voltage range Direct 10...34 VDC
Alternating 19...264 VAC (47...63 Hz)
Thermal current 3A
Minimum switching load 5 VDC / 10 mA
Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
resistive mode (AC12)
Power 50 VA (5)
50 VA (6)
110 VA (6)
220 VA(6)
110 VA(4) 220 VA(4)
Maximum Power of 30 VA(5) 30 VA(6) 66 VA(6) 132 VA(6)
Hardened module at 66 VA(4) 132 VA(4)
70°C (158°F)
(1):0.1 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.7 x 106 cycles,
(6): 1 x 106 cycles, (7): 1.5 x 106 cycles, (8): 2 x 106 cycles, (9): 3 x 106 cycles, (10): 5 x 106 cycles,
(11): 10 x 106 cycles, (12): per channel at 1.

35012474 10/2019 239

BMX DRA 0805

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
inductive mode (AC15)
Power 24 VA (4)
10 VA (10)
10 VA (11)
10 VA(11)
24 VA(8) 50 VA(7) 50 VA(9)
110 VA(2) 110 VA(6)
220 VA(1)
Maximum Power of 14.4 VA(4) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)
Hardened module at 14.4 VA(8) 30 VA(7) 30 VA(9)
70°C (158°F)
66 VA(2) 66 VA(6)
132 VA(1)
Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC
resistive mode (DC12)
Power 24 W(6)
40 W(3)
Maximum Power of 14.4 W(6)
Hardened module at 24 W(3)
70°C (158°F)
Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC
inductive mode (DC13)
Power 10 W(8)
(L:R=60 ms)
24 W(6)
Maximum Power of 6 W(8)
Hardened module at 14.4 W(6)
70°C (158°F)
Response time Activation < 10 ms
Deactivation < 8 ms
Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in
voltage in AC modes parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use.
Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
voltage in DC modes
against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A for each relay.
and overloads
Reliability MTBF for continuous 2 119 902
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30°C (86°F)
Power dissipation 2.7 W max.
Dielectric strength 2000 V actual
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)

(1):0.1 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.7 x 106 cycles,
(6): 1 x 106 cycles, (7): 1.5 x 106 cycles, (8): 2 x 106 cycles, (9): 3 x 106 cycles, (10): 5 x 106 cycles,
(11): 10 x 106 cycles, (12): per channel at 1.

240 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0805

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ

(at 500 VDC)
Power supply 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
consumption
Maximum 111 mA
24 V Typical 51 mA
relay(12) Maximum 56 mA
(1):0.1 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.7 x 106 cycles,
(6): 1 x 106 cycles, (7): 1.5 x 106 cycles, (8): 2 x 106 cycles, (9): 3 x 106 cycles, (10): 5 x 106 cycles,
(11): 10 x 106 cycles, (12): per channel at 1.

35012474 10/2019 241

BMX DRA 0805

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

242 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0805

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 243

BMX DRA 0805

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each relay
NC: not connected

244 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DRA 0815
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 20
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 0815 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 246
Characteristics 247
Connecting the Module 250

35012474 10/2019 245

BMX DRA 0815

Introduction

Function
The BMX DRA 0815 module is a 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct
current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0815H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 0815
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

246 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0815

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0815 and BMX DRA 0815H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0815 and BMX DRA 0815H
modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Rated range Alternating 24...240 Vac
Direct 24...125 Vdc
Voltage range Alternating 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)
Direct 5...150 Vdc
Operating temperature BMX DRA 0815 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see
hereafter).
BMX DRA 0815H -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see
hereafter).
Thermal current Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient
temperature (in °C):

(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channels at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474 10/2019 247

BMX DRA 0815

Minimum switching load 5 Vdc / 10 mA

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
resistive mode (AC12)
Switching power below 48 VA (7)
48 VA (8)
110 VA(8) 220 VA(8)
60 °C (140 °F) 96 VA(6) 220 VA(6) 500 VA(6)
Maximum switching 28.8 VA(7) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(8)
power of hardened 57.6 VA(6) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(6)
module at 60...70 °C
(140...158 °F)
Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
inductive mode (AC15)
Switching power below 10 VA(10) 10 VA (10)
10 VA(11) 10 VA(11)
(Power factor = 0.4)
60 °C (140 °F) 24 VA(9) 24 VA(9) 50 VA(8) 50 VA(9)
48 VA(6) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7)
72 VA(4)(13) 96 VA(5) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6)
144 VA(3)(13) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3)
750 VA(1)(13)
Maximum switching 6 VA(10) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)
power of hardened 14.4 VA(9) 14.4 VA(9) 30 VA(8) 30 VA(9)
module at 60...70 °C
28.8 VA(6) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(7) 66 VA(7)
(140...158 °F)
57.6 VA(5) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6)
300 VA(3)
Direct current load in Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 100...125 Vdc
resistive mode (DC12) Switching power below 24 W(7) 40 W (6)
45 W(5)
(L:R = 1 ms
60 °C (140 °F) 48 W(6)
Maximum switching 14.4 W(7) 24 W(6) 45 W(3)
power of hardened 28.8 W(6)
module at 60...70 °C
(140...158 °F)
Direct current load in Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc
inductive mode (DC13)
Switching power below 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5)
(L:R = 15 ms) 60 °C (140 °F) 24 W(3)
48 W(1)
Maximum switching 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1)
power of hardened 14.4 W(3)
module at 60...70 °C
28.8 W(1)
(140...158 °F)
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channels at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

248 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0815

Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

Response time Activation < 10 ms
Deactivation < 13 ms
Surge current maximum 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms
Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter
voltage in AC modes in parallel on each output channel appropriate to the
voltage in use.
Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
voltage in DC modes
Against short-circuits and None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or
overloads channel group.
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the
maximum switching load.
Reliability MTBF for continuous 2,683,411
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Power dissipation(12) 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 +I22 +...+ I82)
Where I1, I2,...I8 is the load current for each channel.
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 3000 Vac
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Channel to channel 2000 Vac
Channel to protective 2000 Vac
earth (PE)
Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ
(at 500 Vdc)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ
Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA
Maximum 75 mA

24 V(12) Typical 101 mA

Maximum 137 mA
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channels at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474 10/2019 249

BMX DRA 0815

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0815 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

250 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 0815

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 251

BMX DRA 0815

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
NC: not connected

252 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DRA 1605
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 21
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 254
Characteristics 255
Connecting the Module 257

35012474 10/2019 253

BMX DRA 1605

Introduction

Function
The BMX DRA 1605 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. Its 16 non-isolated relay output channels operate either on alternating current or
direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 1605
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

254 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 1605

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 1605 and BMX DRA 1605H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 1605 and BMX DRA 1605H
modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Operating temperature BMX DRA 1605 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DRA 1605H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Rated voltage Direct 24 VDC
Alternating 24...240 VAC / 2 A, Cos ϕ = 1
Voltage range Direct 24 VDC / 2 A (resistive load)
Alternating 19...264 VAC / 2 A, Cos ϕ = 1
Minimum switching load 5 VDC / 1 mA.
Maximum switching load 264 VAC / 125 VDC
Mechanical service life Number of 20 million or more
switching
Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
resistive mode (AC12)
Power 50 VA (2)
50 VA (1)
80 VA(1) 200 VA(1)
80 VA(2) 200 VA(2)
Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
inductive mode (AC15)
Power 36 VA (1)
36 VA (1)
36 VA(1) 36 VA(1) Cos ϕ = 0,35
72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) Cos ϕ = 0,7
120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) Cos ϕ = 0,35
240 VA(2) Cos ϕ = 0,7
Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC 48 VDC
resistive mode (DC12)
Power 24 W (2)
24 W(4)
(1): 3 x 105 cycles, (2): 1 x 105 cycles, (3): 7 x 103 cycles, (4): 5 x 104 cycles, (5): per channel at 1.

35012474 10/2019 255

BMX DRA 1605

Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC 48 VDC

inductive mode (DC13)
Power (L/R = 3W (1)
3 W(1)
7 ms) 10 W(2) 10 W(2)
Power (L/R = 24 W(3) 24 W(3)
20 ms)
Response time Activation < 8 ms
Deactivation < 10 ms
On-line module change Possible
Built-in protection Against alternating None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel
current inductive on each output appropriate to the voltage in use.
over voltage
Against direct None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
current inductive
over voltage
Against None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group.
short-circuits and
overloads
Maximum switching frequency 3 600 cycles per hour
Power dissipation 3 W max
Dielectric strength 2000 V actual
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Resistance of insulation > 10 MΩ
(at 500 VDC)
Noise immunity In noise simulation below 1500 V actual, noise width of 1s and
frequency of 25 to 60 Hz
Reliability MTBF for 1 357 810
continuous
operation in hours
at ambient
temperature 30°C
(86°F)
Power supply 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
consumption Maximum 111 mA
24 V Typical 89 mA
relay(5) Maximum 100 mA

(1): 3 x 105 cycles, (2): 1 x 105 cycles, (3): 7 x 103 cycles, (4): 5 x 104 cycles, (5): per channel at 1.

NOTE: For the BMX DRA 1605H module, the maximum power must not exceed 24 VA per
channel when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

256 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 1605

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen non-isolated relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.

35012474 10/2019 257

BMX DRA 1605

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

258 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRA 1605

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group

35012474 10/2019 259

BMX DRA 1605

260 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DRC 0805
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 22
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRC 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 262
Characteristics 263
Connecting the Module 266

35012474 10/2019 261

BMX DRC 0805

Introduction

Function
The BMX DRC 0805 module is a 5...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a 40-
pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels (NO/NC) operate either on alternating current or
direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRC 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRC 0805
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

262 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRC 0805

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRC 0805 and BMX DRC 0805H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRC 0805 and BMX DRC 0805H
modules:

Module type NO/NC relay outputs for alternating and direct current
Rated range Alternating 24...240 Vac
Direct 24...125 Vdc
Voltage range Alternating 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)
Direct 5...150 Vdc
Operating temperature BMX DRC 0805 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter).
BMX DRC 0805H -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see
hereafter).
Thermal current Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient
temperature (in °C):

NOTE: Apply additional derating if the module is wired with preassembled cordset
BMX FTW ••5 (see page 58).
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channel at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474 10/2019 263

BMX DRC 0805

Minimum switching load 5 Vdc / 10 mA

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
resistive mode (AC12)
Switching power below 48 VA (7)
48 VA (8)
110 VA(8) 220 VA(8)
60 °C (140 °F) 96 VA(6) 220 VA(6) 500 VA(6)
Maximum switching 28.8 VA(7) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(8)
power of hardened 57.6 VA(6) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(6)
module at 60...70 °C
(140...158 °F)
Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
inductive mode (AC15)
Switching power below 10 VA(10) 10 VA (10)
10 VA(11) 10 VA(11)
(Power factor = 0.4)
60 °C (140 °F) 24 VA(9) 24 VA(9) 50 VA(8) 50 VA(9)
48 VA(6) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7)
72 VA(4)(13) 96 VA(5) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6)
144 VA(3)(13) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3)
750 VA(1)(13)
Maximum switching 6 VA(10) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)
power of hardened 14.4 VA(9) 14.4 VA(9) 30 VA(8) 30 VA(9)
module at 60...70 °C
28.8 VA(6) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(7) 66 VA(7)
(140...158 °F)
57.6 VA(5) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6)
300 VA(3)
Direct current load in resistive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 100...125 Vdc
mode (DC12) Switching power below 24 W(7) (6)
40 W 45 W(5)
(L:R = 1 ms
60 °C (140 °F) 48 W(6)
Maximum switching 14.4 W(7) 24 W(6) 45 W(3)
power of hardened 28.8 W(6)
module at 60...70 °C
(140...158 °F)
Direct current load in inductive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc
mode (DC13)
Switching power below 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5)
(L:R = 15 ms) 60 °C (140 °F) 24 W(3)
48 W(1)
Maximum switching 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1)
power of hardened 14.4 W(3)
module at 60...70 °C
28.8 W(1)
(140...158 °F)
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channel at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

264 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRC 0805

Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

Response time Activation (to NO) <10 ms
Deactivation (to NC) <13 ms
Surge current maximum 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms
Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in
voltage in AC modes parallel on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in
use.
Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
voltage in DC modes
Against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel
and overloads group.
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the
maximum switching load.
Reliability MTBF for continuous 2,683,411
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Power dissipation(12) 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 + I22 + ...+ I82)
Where I1, I2,....I8 is the load current for each channel.
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 3000 Vac
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Channel to channel 2000 Vac
Channel to protective 2000 Vac
earth (PE)
Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ
(at 500 Vdc)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ
Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA
Maximum 75 mA

24 V(12) Typical 101 mA

Maximum 137 mA
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,
(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,
(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,
(12): All channel at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474 10/2019 265

BMX DRC 0805

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRC 0805 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of
eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

NO: Normally open output

NC: Normally closed output

266 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DRC 0805

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 267

BMX DRC 0805

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

Power supply: 24...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac

Fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
N/C: Not connected

268 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDO 3202 K
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 23
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 270
Characteristics 271
Connecting the Module 273

35012474 10/2019 269

BMX DDO 3202 K

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It
is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 3202 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 3202 K
(standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

270 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 3202 K

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 3202 K and
BMX DDO 3202 KC for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 3202 K and BMX DDO 3202 KC
modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
(including ripple)
Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 3.2 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W
Leakage current At 0 100 μA for U = 30 V
Voltage drop At 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω
Response time (1) 1.2 ms

Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 312 254
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 or no type)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

35012474 10/2019 271

BMX DDO 3202 K

Built-in protection Against overvoltage Yes, by Transil diode

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)
Against short-circuits Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-
and overloads breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel
group
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
time
On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA
Maximum 166 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 46 mA
(excluding load current)
Maximum 64 mA
Power dissipation 3.6 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min
output / internal logic
Between channel 500 VDC
groups
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

272 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 3202 K

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirty-two
output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 273

BMX DDO 3202 K

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

274 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 3202 K

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

35012474 10/2019 275

BMX DDO 3202 K

276 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDO 6402 K
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 24
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 278
Characteristics 279
Connecting the Module 281

35012474 10/2019 277

BMX DDO 6402 K

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40-pin connectors.
It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 64 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 6402 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 6402 K
(standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

278 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 6402 K

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 6402 K and
BMX DDO 6402 KC for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 6402 K and BMX DDO 6402 KC
modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 6.4 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W
Leakage current At 0 100 μA for U = 30 V
Voltage drop At 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω
Response time(1) 1.2 ms
Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 159 924
hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

35012474 10/2019 279

BMX DDO 6402 K

Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)
Against short-circuits and overloads Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-
breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each
16-channel group
Pre-actuator voltage: OK > 18 V
monitoring threshold Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
monitoring response time
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 160 mA
Maximum 226 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 92 mA
(excluding load current)
Maximum 127 mA
Power dissipation 6.85 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min
internal logic
Between channel groups 500 VDC
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

280 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 6402 K

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixty-four
output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 281

BMX DDO 6402 K

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

282 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDO 6402 K

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

35012474 10/2019 283

BMX DDO 6402 K

284 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAO 1605
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 25
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules

BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAO 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 286
Characteristics 287
Connecting the Module 289

35012474 10/2019 285

BMX DAO 1605

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAO 1605 module is a 100...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal
block. Its 16 triac output channels operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAO 1605
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

286 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1605

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1605 and BMX DAO 1605H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1605 and BMX DAO 1605H
modules:

Module type 100...240 VAC triac outputs

Operating temperature BMX DAO 1605 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAO 1605H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 100...240 VAC
Current 0.6 A / points
Threshold values Voltage 100 mA at 24 VAC
25 mA at 100...240 VAC
Current/channel 0.6 A
Current/module 2.4 A max/common (4.8 A max for all commons)
Maximum inrush current 20 A / cycle or less
Leakage current At state 0 ≤ 3 mA (for 240 VAC, 60 Hz)
≤ 1.5 mA (for 120 VAC, 60 Hz)
Residual voltage At state 1 ≤ 1.5 mA
Response time 1 ms + 1/(2xF)
Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage
voltage in AC modes limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the
voltage in use
Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
voltage
against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A on each channel or
and overloads 4-channel group.
Command type Zero crossing
Output protection no protection
Dielectric maximum Voltage 2 830 VAC rms/3 cycles

35012474 10/2019 287

BMX DAO 1605

Insulation Resistance ≥ 10 MΩ (by insulation resistance meter)

Noise immunity By noise simulator of noise voltage, 1 μs noise
width and 1 500 Vp-p
25...60 Hz noise frequency
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
Maximum 111 mA

NOTE: For the BMX DAO 1605H module, at 70 °C (158 °F), the maximum threshold current must
not exceed 0.24 A per channel and the maximum module current must not exceed 1.92 A.

288 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1605

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAO 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of
sixteen triac output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a alternating current triac output.

35012474 10/2019 289

BMX DAO 1605

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

290 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1605

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 100...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each 4-channel group

35012474 10/2019 291

BMX DAO 1605

292 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DAO 1615
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 26
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAO 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 294
Characteristics 295
Connecting the Module 298

35012474 10/2019 293

BMX DAO 1615

Introduction

Function
The BMX DAO 1615 module is a 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal
block. Its 16 isolated triac output channels operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAO 1615
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

294 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1615

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1615 and BMX DAO 1615H
for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply
additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to
prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1615 and BMX DAO 1615H
modules:

Module type 24...240 Vac16-channel Isolated Triac Output

Operating temperature BMX DAO 1615 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DAO 1615H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

35012474 10/2019 295

BMX DAO 1615

Temperature derating Apply the following derating curve (total module output current (in %) versus
ambient temperature (in °C):

NOTE: The curves apply to the BMX DAO 1615 in the temperature range
0...60 °C (32 °F...140 °F) and apply to the BMX DAO 1615H in the temperature
range -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F).
Nominal values Voltage 24...240 Vac
Current 3 A per channel.
Operating range Voltage 20...264 Vac
Frequency 47...63 Hz
Voltage minimum and Voltage drop at state 1 ≤ 1.55 Vac
maximum Maximum input voltage 300 Vac during 10 s
400 Vac during one cycle
Current minimum and Load current (minimum) 5 mA minimum.
maximum
Current / 4 contiguous 4 A maximum continuous for the sum of the
channels 4 channels.
Current / module 10 A maximum continuous.
Maximum inrush current (rms) 30 A per channel for 1 cycle.
20 A per channel for 2 cycles.
10 A per channel for 3 cycles.
Leakage current at state 0 ≤ 2.5 mA at 240 Vac
≤ 2 mA at 115 Vac
≤ 1 mA at 48 Vac
≤ 1 mA at 24 Vac
Response time ≤ 0.5 x (1/F)

296 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1615

Built-in protection Against inductive over voltage None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage
limiter in parallel on each pre-actuator appropriate
to the voltage in use
Against short-circuits and None. Fit a 4 A fast blow fuse on each channel.
overloads
Output protection (internal) RC snubber suppression.
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Channel to channel 1500 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Insulation Resistance Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)
Applied dV/dt 400 V/μs
Backplane consumption 24 V Typical 50 mA
Maximum 60 mA
3.3 V Typical 61 mA
Maximum 87 mA

35012474 10/2019 297

BMX DAO 1615

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAO 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of
16 triac isolated output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current triac isolated output:

298 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1615

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 299

BMX DAO 1615

NC: Not connected.

1 4 A fast blow fuse.
2 Inductive load.
3 Resistive load.
2a and 3a Recommended output protection (see note below).

300 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DAO 1615

NOTE: The recommended output protection for both inductive and resistive load is composed of a
varistor (GMOV 24...240 Vac). The electronic characteristics of the varistor depend on the voltage
required by the device used.
For inductive load, an optional RC filter (snubber) is recommended in addition to the varistor. The
values for the resistor and the capacitor depend on the device used.
Each terminal capacity is one wire 22...18 AWG (0,34...1 mm2). For more details, refer to terminal
block wiring capacity (see page 48).

Output Usage Rules

Usage of the outputs with different phases, is dependent on the power supply voltage:
 In the range of 24...133 Vac, adjacent channel outputs can be used.
 In the range of 133...240 Vac, the channel outputs used, need to be separated by an unused
channel output (for example Q1 and Q2 with phase A, skip Q3, and Q4 with phase B).

CAUTION
DAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTS
 Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, single-phase AC power
source.
 Protect the module output when an external switch is used to control an inductive load in
parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor in parallel with the switch.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 301

BMX DAO 1615

302 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDM 16022
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 27
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 16022 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 304
Characteristics 305
Connecting the Module 309

35012474 10/2019 303

BMX DDM 16022

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDM 16022 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 8
output channels provide current to the pre-actuators (source).

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16022H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDM 16022
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

304 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16022

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16022 and
BMX DDM 16022H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Input Characteristics

The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM 16022 and
BMX DDM 16022H modules:

Input module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16022 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDM 16022H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
Current > 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
At 0 Voltage 5V
Current ≤ 1.5 mA
Sensor supply 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to
(including ripple) 1 hour/day)
Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ
Response time Typical 4ms
Maximum 7ms
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel group
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type
(IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) (see page 90)
Reliability MTBF for continuous 427 772
operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86°F)

35012474 10/2019 305

BMX DDM 16022

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between input/output 500 VCC
groups
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs No
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V
threshold Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time at 24 V
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
Maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator Typical 59 mA
consumption
Maximum 67 mA
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation 3.7 W max.

NOTE: These characteristics are available also for the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature
range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F). At +70 °C (158 °F), the maximum voltage value of input Sensor
supply must not exceed 26.4 V.

WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater
than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

306 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16022

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 16022 and
BMX DDM 16022H modules:

Output module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16022 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDM 16022H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
ripple)
Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 5A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 6W
Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA
Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V
Load impedance Minimum 48 Ω
Response time(1) 1.2 ms
Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 427 772
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2)
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)
Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode
Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)
Against short-circuits Yes, by current limiter and electric
and overloads circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A for 8-channel group
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 6.3 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

35012474 10/2019 307

BMX DDM 16022

Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
Maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 59 mA
(excluding load current) Maximum 67 mA
Power dissipation 3.7 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
output / internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 6.3 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

NOTE: The characteristics in this table also apply to the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature
range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F).
At 70 °C (140 °F):
 The maximum voltage of the pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V.
 The maximum output current must not exceed 0.55 A.

WARNING
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the pre-actuator power supply is
greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the
output function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

308 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16022

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 16022 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection
of eight input channels and eight output channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 309

BMX DDM 16022

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

310 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16022

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474 10/2019 311

BMX DDM 16022

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

312 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDM 16025
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 28
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 16025 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 314
Characteristics 315
Connecting the Module 319

35012474 10/2019 313

BMX DDM 16025

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDM 16025 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block.
It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink). The 8
isolated relay outputs operate either on direct current (24 VDC) or alternating current (24...240
VAC).

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16025H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDM 16025
(standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon
M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

314 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16025

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above
2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Input Characteristics

This table presents the general input characteristics for the BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H modules:

Input module type Eight 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16025 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDM 16025H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
Current ≥ 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
At 0 Voltage 5V
Current < 1.5 mA
Sensor supply (including ripple) 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V,
limited to 1 hour/day)
Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ
Response time Typical 4 ms
Maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
Reverse polarity Protected
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for
8-channel group
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP
compliant) any type (see page 90)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 835 303
hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

35012474 10/2019 315

BMX DDM 16025

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between input/output groups 500 VDC
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs No
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring response On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
time at 24V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 35 mA
Maximum 50 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 79 mA
(excluding load current) Maximum 111 mA
Power dissipation 3.1 W max.

NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) the maximum pre-actuator power supply
must not exceed 26.4 V.

WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than
29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

316 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16025

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H modules:

Output module type Eight 24 VDC/24-240 VAC relay outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16025 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
BMX DDM 16025H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal values Switching direct voltage 24 VDC resistive load
Switching direct current 2 A resistive load
Switching alternating voltage 220 VAC, Cos Φ = 1
Switching alternating current 2 A, Cos Φ = 1
Minimum switching load Voltage / Current 5 VDC / 1 mA.
Maximum switching load Voltage 264 VAC / 125 VDC
On-line module change Possibility
Response time Activation ≤ 8 ms
Deactivation ≤ 10 ms
Mechanical service life Number of switching 20 million or more
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 835 303
hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Max. switching frequency Cycles per hour 3 600
Electrical service life Switching voltage / current
200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(1)
200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(2)
200 VAC / 1 A, 240 VAC / 0.5 A, Cos Φ = 0.35(1)
200 VAC / 0.3 A, 240 VAC / 0.15 A, Cos Φ = 0.35(2)
200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(1)
200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(2)
Noise immunity In noise simulation, 1500 V actual, width 1s and 25
to 60 Hz
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for 8-channel group
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
Maximum 111 mA
(1) 1 x 105 cycles
(2) 3 x 105 cycles

35012474 10/2019 317

BMX DDM 16025

24 V pre-actuator Typical 36 mA
consumption
Maximum 58 mA
Power dissipation 3.1 W max.
Dielectric strength Max. voltage 2830 VAC rms / cycles
Resistance of insulation 10 MΩ
(1) 1 x 105 cycles
(2) 3 x 105 cycles

NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) the maximum pre-actuator power supply
must not exceed 24 VA.

WARNING
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70°C (158°F) if the pre-actuator power supply is greater
than 28.8 V or less than 19.2 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output
function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

318 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16025

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 16025 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection
of eight input channels and eight isolated relay output channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474 10/2019 319

BMX DDM 16025

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuses.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

320 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 16025

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators.

input power supply: 24 VDC

output power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC
input fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474 10/2019 321

BMX DDM 16025

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

322 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
BMX DDM 3202 K
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 29
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is
connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction 324
Characteristics 325
Connecting the Module 328

35012474 10/2019 323

BMX DDM 3202 K

Introduction

Function
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It
is a positive logic module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 16
output channels provide current to the pre-actuators (source).

Illustration

324 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 3202 K

Characteristics

Altitude Operating Conditions

The characteristics in the tables below apply to the module BMX DDM 3202 K for use at altitude
up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional
derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580,
M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Input Characteristics

The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM 3202 K module:

Input module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
Current > 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
At 0 Voltage 5V
Current < 1.5 mA
Sensor supply (including ripple) 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
Input impedance At nominal U 9.6 kΩ
Response time Typical 4 ms
Maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3
Reverse polarity Protected
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type
standard compliant) (see page 90)
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 16-channel group
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 650 614
in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Between input/output groups 500 VDC
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Paralleling of inputs No

35012474 10/2019 325

BMX DDM 3202 K

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V

threshold
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time at 24 V On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
(-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA
Maximum 166 mA
24 V pre-actuator Typical 69 mA
consumption Maximum 104 mA
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation 4 W max.

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 3202 K module:

Output module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve
(see page 35)
Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 3.2 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W
Leakage current at 0 100 μA for U = 30 V
Voltage drop at 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω
Response time (1) 1.2 ms
Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 650 614
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz
Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

326 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 3202 K

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)
Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode
Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)
Against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-
overloads breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for 16-channel
group
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
at 24 V (-15% ... +20%)
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA
Maximum 166 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 69 mA
(excluding load current)
Maximum 104 mA
Power dissipation 4 W max.
Dielectric strength Output / ground or output 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
/ internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge
time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

35012474 10/2019 327

BMX DDM 3202 K

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of sixteen input
channels and sixteen output channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

328 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 3202 K

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 329

BMX DDM 3202 K

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A
pre-act: pre-actuator
SPS: sensor power supply
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

330 35012474 10/2019

 BMX DDM 3202 K

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module
configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to
guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power
Supply Error Monitoring Parameter (see page 400).
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded
position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
 The I/O error LED is on
 Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of
the sensors, not their real positions)
 Check the real positions on the sensors.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35012474 10/2019 331

BMX DDM 3202 K

332 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 30
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules

TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O

Modules

Aim of this Chapter

This chapter describes the TELEFAST 2 interface links for the discrete input/output modules.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
30.1 Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O 334
30.2 Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O 345
30.3 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 Connection 351
Bases
30.4 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases 353
30.5 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection 355
Bases
30.6 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases 357
30.7 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases 359
30.8 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base 361
30.9 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases 363
30.10 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base 365
30.11 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base 367
30.12 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base 369
30.13 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base 371
30.14 TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories 373

35012474 10/2019 333

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.1
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O

Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for

Discrete I/O

Aim of this section

This section describes the range of TELEFAST 2 products which allow the discrete input and
output modules to be connected quickly to the operating pieces.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O Modules 335
TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog 336
Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases 343

334 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O Modules

At a Glance
The TELEFAST 2 system is a group of products which enableS discrete input and output modules
to be quickly connected to operational components. It replaces 20-pin terminal blocks, thus doing
away with single wire connections.
The TELEFAST 2 system, which consists of connection bases for interfaces and connection
cables, can only be connected to modules which are fitted with 40-pin connectors.
Several base types can be identified:
 connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete inputs/outputs
 bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels
 bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels
 bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels
 bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels
 bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to outputs, with or without removable
electromechanical or static relays, with 16 channels
 input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays

35012474 10/2019 335

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog

At a Glance
The catalog of TELEFAST 2 bases for discrete input/output modules is shown here.

Catalog
The table below shows the catalog of connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.

Reference 08R10 08S21 12R50 12R10 16R10 12S21 16S43 (1)

ABE-7H•• 08R11 16R50 12R20 16R11 16S21 16F43 (2)
08R21 12R21 16R20
16R21
16R23
16R30
16R31
Base types Connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.
Sub groups 8-channel bases Compact 12 12 and 16-channel bases
and 16-channel
bases
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description - with 1 isola- - - with 1 isola- with 1 fuse +

tor/channel tor/channel 1 isola-
tor/channel

(1) for inputs

(2) for outputs

336 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
The principle for identifying the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os is as
follows.

Description
The table below describes the different elements which make it possible to identify the connection
interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.

Number Description
(1) 08 = 8-channel base
12 = 12-channel base
16 = 16-channel base
(2) Primary function:
 R = simple connection
 S = isolator/channel
 F = fuse/channel

(3) 1 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 1 level

2 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 2 levels
3 = with 3 screw terminals per channel on 3 levels
4 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 1 level
5 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 2 levels
(4) 0 or even number = without LED display per channel
odd number = with LED display per channel

35012474 10/2019 337

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Catalog
The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with
16 isolated channels.

ABE-7S•• 16E2B1 16E2E1 16E2E0 16E2F0 16E2M0

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels.
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base

Description 16 x 24 VDC 16 x 48 VDC 16 x 48 VAC 16 x 110...120 VAC 16 x 220...240 VAC

inputs inputs inputs inputs inputs

The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static
outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

ABE-7S•• 08S2B0 08S2B1 16S2B0 16S2B2

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
Sub groups 8-channel bases 16-channel bases
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description 8 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, 8 static 24 VDC / 2A 16 static 24 VDC / 16 static 24 VDC /
with error detection transfer to outputs, with error 0.5A outputs, with 0.5A outputs, without
PLC. detection transfer to error detection error detection
PLC. transfer to PLC. transfer to PLC.

338 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay
outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

ABE-7R•• 08S111 08S210 16S111 16S210 16S212

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
Sub groups 8-channel bases 16-channel bases
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description 8 relay outputs, 1 F 8 relay 16 relay 16 relay outputs, 1 F, 16 relay outputs, 1 F

with + or alternating outputs, 1 F, outputs, 1 F, 2 potential free with distribution of
polarity distribution. potential free x 8 shared + or contact. the 2 polarities by
contact. alternating. 8-channel group.

The table below displays the catalog entry showing the connection base for the adapter splitting
16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.

ABE-7A•• reference CC02

Base types Bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base

Description Allows splitting of:

 16 channels into two x 8 channels
 12 channels into 8 channels + 4 channels

35012474 10/2019 339

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable
electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels.

ABE-7•• R16T210 P16T210 P16T214 R16T212 P16T212 P16T215 P16T318

reference
Base types Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with
16 channels
Sub groups Output bases, 1 F, potential free contact. Output bases, 1 F, distribution of the 2 Output base, 1 F,
polarities by 8-channel group. distribution of the
2 polarities by
4-channel group.
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base

Description with 10-mm 10-mm 10-mm wide with 10-mm 10-mm wide 12.5-mm wide
wide wide relay relay not pro- 10-mm wide relay not pro- relay, not
electro- not vided, wide relay not vided, provided, 1 fuse +
mechanical provided 1 fuse/channel electro- provided 1 fuse/channel 1 isolator/channel
relay mechanical
relay

The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable
electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels (continued).

340 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

ABE-7•• R16T230 R16T330 P16T330 P16T334 R16T231 R16T332 P16T332 R16T370

reference
Base types Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relay with
16 channels (continued).
Sub groups Output bases, 1 OF, potential free contact. Output Output bases, 1 OF, Output
bases, distribution of the bases,
1 OF, 2 polarities by 2 OF,
shared by 8-channel group. potential
8-channel free
group. contact.
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base

Description with 10-mm with 12.5-mm 12.5-mm wide with 10-mm with 12.5-mm with
wide 12.5-mm wide relay, relay, not wide 12.5-mm wide 12.5-mm
electro- wide not provided, electro- wide relay, not wide
mechanical electro- provided 1 fuse/channel mechanical electro- provided electro-
relay mechanical relay mechanical mechani-
relay relay cal relay

35012474 10/2019 341

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

The table below shows the catalog of input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays.

ABE-7P•• reference 16F310 16F312

Base types Input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays
Illustration TELEFAST 2 base

Description potential free distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel

group

342 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases

Compatibility Table
The following table summarizes compatibility between Discrete I/O modules and TELEFAST 2
connection bases.

BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K
BMX DDM 3202 K BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector 2 connectors
Connection bases
8 channels
ABE-7H08R•• X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1)
ABE-7H08S21 X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1)
12 channels
ABE-7H12R•• - - - -
ABE-7H12S21 - - - -
16 channels
ABE-7H16R•• X X X X
ABE-7H16S21 X X X X
ABE-7H16R23 X X - -
ABE-7H16F43 - - X X
ABE-7H16S43 X X - -
Input adapter connection bases
16 channels
ABE-7S16E2•• X X - -
ABE-7P16F3•• X X - -

35012474 10/2019 343

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K
BMX DDM 3202 K BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector 2 connectors
Output adapter connection bases
8 channels
ABE-7S08S2•• - - X (1) X (1)
ABE-7R08S••• - - X (1) X (1)
16 channels
ABE-7R16S••• - - X X
ABE-7R16T••• - - X X
ABE-7P16T••• - - X X
(1) with 16 to 2 x 8 channel adapter ABE-7ACC02

X compatible
- non-compatible

344 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.2
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O

Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for

Discrete I/O

Aim of this section

This section describes the connection principles for the TELEFAST 2 products for discrete
input/output modules.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2 Base Interface 346
Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases 348

35012474 10/2019 345

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2 Base Interface

At a Glance
A discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector can be connected to the TELEFAST 2
connection base with a connection cable (see page 85).

Illustration
The following diagram shows the connection of a discrete input/output module with a 40-pin
connector to a TELEFAST 2 connection base.

346 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
The following diagram shows an example specific to the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel
groups via the ABE-7ACC02 adapter base.

35012474 10/2019 347

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases

At a Glance
Here is an overview of the dimensions of different TELEFAST 2 connection products and their
mounting methods.

Illustration
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H••R1•, ABE-7H••R5•,
ABE-7H••R2•, ABE-7H••S21, ABE-7H16R3•, ABE-7S08S2B0, ABE-7R••S1••, ABE-7R08S210.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H16S43, ABE-
7S16E2••, ABE-7S08S2B1, ABE-7S16S2B•, ABE-7H16F43•, ABE-7R16S21.

348 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the product ABE-7ACC02.

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T2•• and ABE-
7P16T2••.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

35012474 10/2019 349

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T3•• and ABE-
7P16T3••.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

Mounting
The TELEFAST 2 bases are mounted on 35-mm wide DIN mounting rails.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Install the input adaptation bases ABE-7S16E2E1 and static output adaptation bases ABE-
7S••S2B• lengthways and horizontally to prevent the device from overheating and unexpected
operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

350 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.3
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-

7H16R10/16R11 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11 and ABE-

7H16R10/R11 Bases

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions:
 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 351

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 onto terminals 3 or 4: pre-actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs)

352 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.4
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11 Bases

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R ••base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 353

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 201, 202, and 203) allowing sharing in
groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)

354 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.5
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-

7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-

7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions:
 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 355

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2:
terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals
3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs).

356 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.6
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Bases

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 357

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2:
terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals
3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity

358 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.7
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Bases with One

Isolator per Channel

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions:
 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16S21 base
 6.3 A quick blow on the ABE-7H08S21 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 359

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2:
terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for actuators:
 In order to create the shared supply for the actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and
4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs).

360 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.8
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base with 1 Isolator per
Channel

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions: 6.3A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12S21 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 361

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2:
terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals
3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.

362 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.9
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31 Bases

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5A quick-blow

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 363

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Input function connections.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 to create the shared sensor supply:
 position the jumper wire (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminal blocks 200 to 215 will be at the "+"
of the supply
 link terminal 4 to one of the C terminals of the 3rd level (2): terminal blocks 300 to 315 will be
at the "-" of the supply
NOTE: The ABE-7H16R30/R31 base can also be used for connecting actuators.

364 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.10
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50 Bases

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To
guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection
to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
 output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R50 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 365

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Terminals 200, 201, 202 and 203 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
 several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 202, and 203) allow sharing in groups of 4
or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)

366 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.11
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base

Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, fast-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee
optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or
output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
 input functions: 0.5A fast blow
 output functions: 2A fast blow on the ABE-7H16R50 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 367

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

 onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for actuators:
 onto terminals 3 or 4: actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs)

368 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.12
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base

Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One Fuse and One isolator
per Channel

At a Glance
This is an overview of the actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 369

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Output connection functions.

Functionality per channel:

 original fitted 0.125 A fuse
 isolator cuts the ‘-’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200..215 are connected to the ‘-’ polarity of the supply.

370 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.13
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base

Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One Fuse and One Isolator
per Channel

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

35012474 10/2019 371

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Illustration
Input function connections.

Functionality per channel:

 0.125 A fuse fitted during manufacture
 isolator cuts the ‘+’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200...215 are connected to the ‘+’ polarity of the supply.

372 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Section 30.14
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories

TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories

Aim of this Section

This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 connection bases’ range of accessories.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog 374
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx 377
Bases
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays 379
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays 380
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays 381

35012474 10/2019 373

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog

At a Glance
This is an overview of the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog for discrete I/O
modules.

Catalog
The table below shows the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog.

Product reference Illustration Description

Additional shunt terminal block
ABE-7BV10 Terminal block fitted with 10 screw terminal blocks
ABE-7BV20 Terminal block fitted with 20 screw terminal blocks

Adapter base
ABE-7ACC02 Enables the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel groups
Mounting kit
ABE-7ACC01 Enables the bases to be mounted on monoblock mounting plates
Sealed cable lead-through
ABE-7ACC84 Allows transit through cabinets without cutting the cables
Transit through cabinet
ABE-7ACC83 40-pin connectors for 8/12 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector
ABE-7ACC82 40-pin connectors for 16 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector

374 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Product reference Illustration Description

ABE-7ACC80 40-pin connectors for 32 channels -> HARTING type connector

ABE-7ACC81 Plug-in connector for ABE-7ACC80

Removable continuity module
ABE-7ACC20 Width 10 mm
ABE-7ACC21 Width 12.5 mm
Customer identification label marking software
ABE-7LOGV10 - -
5 x 20 quick-blow glass fuse
ABE-7FU012 0.125 A
ABE-7FU050 0.5 A
ABE-7FU100 1A
ABE-7FU200 2A
ABE-7FU630 6.3 A
Adhesive marker holder
AR1-SB3 For AB1-R. / AB1-G type markers

35012474 10/2019 375

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Product reference Illustration Description

Relays for ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-7P16T••• and ABE-7P16F••• bases
ABR-7S••• (1) ABE-7S3•• and ABE-7S2•• Output electromechanical relay (4)
ABS-7S••• (2) Output static relay (4)

ABS-7E••• (3) Input static relay (4)

(1) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electrome-
chanical Output Relays, page 379.
(2) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output
Relays, page 381.
(3) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input
Relays, page 380.
(4) Contingency table of relays for bases, see Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx,
ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases, page 377.

376 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-

7P16Fxxx Bases

At a Glance
The table for comparison between the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-7P16T••• and ABE-
7P16F••• link bases and the electromagnetic or static relays is described here.

Compatibility Table
The table below shows the association possibilities for the electromagnetic or static relays on the
TELEFAST 2 bases.

Bases ABE-7•• equipped with electromagnetic relays not equipped with relays
R16T21• R16T23• R16T33• R16T370 P16T21• P16T33• P16T318 P16F31•
Electromagnetic relays from ABR-7••• output
10 mm S21 1F X - - - X - - -
S23 1OF X (1) X - - - - - -
12.5 mm S33 1OF - - X - - X X -
S37 2OF - - - X - - - -
Static relays from ABS-S•• output
10 mm C2E X (1) - - - X - - -
A2M X (1) - - - X - - -
12.5 mm C3BA - - X (1) - - X (2) X -
C3E - - X (1) - - X X -
A3M - - X (1) - - X X -
Static relays from ABS-7E•• input
12.5 mm C3AL - - - - - - - X
C3B2 - - - - - - - X
C3E2 - - - - - - - X
A3E5 - - - - - - - X
A3F5 - - - - - - - X
A3F6 - - - - - - - X
A3M5 - - - - - - - X
A3M6 - - - - - - - X

35012474 10/2019 377

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Bases ABE-7•• equipped with electromagnetic relays not equipped with relays
R16T21• R16T23• R16T33• R16T370 P16T21• P16T33• P16T318 P16F31•
ABE-7••• continuity block
10 mm ACC20 X - - - X - - -
12.5 mm ACC21 - - X - - X X -
(1) relays can be in line
(2) except on ABE-7P16T334

X compatible
- not compatible

378 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays

At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABR-7••• electromechanical output relays for
TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABR-7••• relays.

ABR-7••• reference S21 S23 S33 S37

Relay width 10 mm 12.5 mm
Characteristics of the contacts
Composition of the contacts 1F 1 OF 2 OF
Max. operating voltage according to IEC 947-5-1 Alternating 250 V 264 V
Direct 125 V
Thermal current 4A 5A
Frequency of current used 50/60 Hz
Alternating current load Resistive, load AC12 Voltage 230 VAC
Current 1.5 A 1.2 A 3A 2.5 A
Inductive load AC15 Voltage 230 VAC
Current 0.9 A 0.7 A 1.7 A 1.3 A
Direct current load Resistive, load DC12 Voltage 24 VDC
Current 1.5 A 1.2 A 3A 2.5 A
Inductive load DC13, Voltage 24 VDC
L/R = 10 ms Current 0.6 A 0.45 A 1.4 A 1A
Minimum switching Current 10 mA 100 mA
Voltage 5V
Response time State 0 to 1 10 ms 13 ms 15 ms
State 1 to 0 5 ms 13 ms 20 ms
Maximum speed of function loading 0.5 Hz
Voltage assigned insulation Coil/contact 300 V
Voltage assigned shock resistance (1.2/50) Coil/contact 2.5 kV

(1) for 0.5 x 106 maneuvers

35012474 10/2019 379

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays

At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7E•• static input relays for TELEFAST 2 bases
are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7E•• relays.

ABS-7E•• reference C3AL C3B2 C3E2 A3E5 A3F5 A3M5

Relay width 12.5 mm
Command characteristics
Assigned operating voltage Direct 5V 24 V 48 V -
(Us) Alternating - 48 V 110..130 V 230..240 V
Max. operating voltage (including ripple) 6V 30 V 60 V 53 V 143 V 264 V
Max. current at Us 13.6 mA 15 mA 12 mA 8.3 mA 8 mA
State 1 guaranteed Voltage 3.75 V 11 V 30 V 32 V 79 V 164 V
Current 4.5 mA 6 mA 5 mA 4.5 mA
State 0 guaranteed Voltage 2V 5V 10 V 30 V 40 V
Current 0.09 mA 2 mA 1.5 mA 2 mA
Maximum switching frequency (cyclic 1000 Hz 25 Hz
report 50%)
Complies with IEC1131-2 - Type 2 Type 1
Response time State 0 to 1 0.05 ms 20 ms
State 1 to 0 0.4 ms 20 ms
Voltage assigned to Input/output 300 V
insulation
Voltage assigned to shock Input/output 2.5 kV
resistance (1.2/50)

380 35012474 10/2019

 TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays

At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7S•• static output relays for TELEFAST 2 bases
are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7S•• relays.

ABS-7S•• reference C2E A2M C3BA C3E A3M

Relay width 10 mm 12.5 mm
Output circuit characteristics
Voltage assigned to job Direct 5..48 V - 24 V 5..48 V -
Alternating - 24..240 V - 24..240 V
Max. voltage 57.6 VDC 264 VAC 30 VDC 60 VDC 264 VAC
Alternating Resistive, load Current - 0.5 A - 2A
current load AC12
Direct current Resistive, load Current 0.5 A - 2A 1.5 A -
load DC12
Inductive load Current - - 0.3 A -
DC13
Filament lamp load DC6 - 10 W -
Leakage current at state 0 <= 0.5 mA <= 2 mA <= 0.3 mA <= 2 mA
Breakdown voltage at state 1 <= 1 V <= 1.1 V <= 0.3 V <= 1.3 V
Minimum current through channel 1 mA 10 mA 1 mA 10 mA
Response time State 0 to 1 0.1 ms 10 ms 0.1 ms 10 ms
State 1 to 0 0.6 ms 10 ms 0.02 ms 0.6 ms 10 ms
Switching frequency on inductive load - < 0.5 LI 2 -
Voltage assigned to insulation Input/output 300 V
Voltage assigned to shock Input/output 2.5 kV
resistance (1.2/50)

35012474 10/2019 381

TELEFAST 2 for Discrete I/Os

382 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Application Specific Discrete Modules
35012474 10/2019

Part II
Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation

Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation

Subject of this Part

This part describes the application-specific discrete functions for Modicon Mx80 PLCs and
describes their implementation with the Control Expert software.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
31 General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function 385
32 Configuration 387
33 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects 403
34 Debugging 423
35 Diagnostics of the Modules 431

35012474 10/2019 383

Application Specific Discrete Modules

384 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
General Introduction
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 31
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function

General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete

Function

Overview

Introduction
The software installation of the application-specific modules is carried out from various
Control Expert editors in both online and offline modes.
If you do not have a processor to connect to, Control Expert allows you to carry out an initial test
using the simulator. In this case there are differences in the installation (see page 386).
The following order of installation phases is recommended but it is possible to change the order of
certain phases (for example, starting with the configuration phase).

Installation Phases with Processor

The following table shows the various phases of installation with the processor.

Phase Description Mode

Declaration of Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific Offline /
variables modules and variables of the project Online
Programming Project programming Offline /
Online
Configuration Declaration of modules Offline
Module channel configuration
Entry of configuration parameters
Association Association of IODDTs with the channels configured (variable editor) Offline /
Online
Generation Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Offline
Transfer Transfer project to PLC Online
Adjustment Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Online
Debugging
Modifying the program and adjustment parameters
Documentation Building documentation file and printing miscellaneous information Offline /
relating to the project Online
Operation/Diagnostic Displaying miscellaneous information necessary for supervisory control Online
of the project
Diagnostic of project and modules

35012474 10/2019 385

General Introduction

Implementation Phases with Simulator

The following table shows the various phases of installation with the simulator.

Phase Description Mode

Declaration of Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific modules and Offline /
variables variables of the project Online
Programming Project programming Offline /
Online
Configuration Declaration of modules Offline
Module channel configuration
Entry of configuration parameters
Association Association of IODDTs with the modules configured (variable editor) Offline /
Online
Generation Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Offline
Transfer Transfer project to simulator Online
Simulation Program simulation without inputs/outputs Online
Adjustment Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Online
Debugging
Modifying the program and adjustment parameters

Note: The simulator is only used for the discrete or analog modules.

386 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Configuration
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 32
Configuration

Configuration

Subject of this Section

This section describes the configuration of application-specific discrete modules for
implementation.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
32.1 Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points 388
32.2 Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters 394
32.3 Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters 398

35012474 10/2019 387

Configuration

Section 32.1
Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points

Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points

Subject of this Section

This section describes the basic operations required to configure a Modicon X80 discrete module.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack 389
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop 392

388 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack

At a Glance
The configuration screen is a graphic tool designed for configuring a module selected in a rack. It
displays the parameters defined for this module’s channels, and enables their modification in
offline mode and on-line mode.
It also provides access to the debug screen (in on-line mode only).
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct language objects %KW
(see page 416); these words are accessible in read only format.
NOTE: With module firmware 2.4 or later, you can access the modules either via topological or
State RAM addresses.
Please refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) and
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete Modules (see page 437).

35012474 10/2019 389

Configuration

Illustration
This screen enables the display and modification of parameters in offline mode, as well as debug
in online mode.

390 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

Description
The next table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions.

Address Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this
example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab.
The Debug mode is only accessible in online mode.
2 Module area Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.
In online mode, this area also includes the three LEDs: Run, Err and IO.
3 Channel area Allows you:
 by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
 Description which gives the characteristics of the device
 I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is
used to pre-symbolize the input/output objects
 Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)

 to select a channel
 to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the
variable editor)
4 General Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
parameters  Function: defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group
area selected (other than groups 0 to 7)
 Task: defines the task (MAST, FAST) in which channel default exchange objects
will be exchanged
The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external
power supply monitoring (available only on some discrete modules).
The Reset and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output
reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).
5 Configuration Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes
zone various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module.
The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has
been defined by the user (using the variable editor).

35012474 10/2019 391

Configuration

Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop

At a Glance
The various available screens for the discrete modules are:
 Configuration screen
 Type

Illustration
This screen shows the configuration screen:

392 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

Description
This table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions.

Address Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this
example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab:
 Overview
 Configuration
 Device DDT which gives the Device DDT (see page 418) name and typeof the
device
2 Module area Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.
3 Channel area Allows you:
 by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
 Description which gives the characteristics of the device

 to select a channel
 to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the
variable editor)
NOTE: All channel are activated and a channel cannot be de-activated to None.
4 General Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
parameters  Function: defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group
area selected (other than groups 0 to 7)
 Task: defines the (MAST) task in which channel default exchange objects are
exchanged
The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external
power supply monitoring for the 16-channel group selected (available only on 16, 32
and 64 channel discrete modules).
In a user application the WRITE_CMD(in a X80 drop) or the WRITE_CMD_QX(in an
EIO drop) can also defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply
monitoring and overrides the Supply monitoring setting.
WRITE_CMD_QXonly works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and
48...55) of the 16 channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group.
WRITE_CMDworks over any of the 16 channels of a channel group and affects all
16 channels of the group. WRITE_CMDalso allows reactivation of tripped outputs.
The Reactivate and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the
output reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).
5 Configuration Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes
zone various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module.
The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has
been defined by the user (using the variable editor).

35012474 10/2019 393

Configuration

Section 32.2
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters

Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters

Subject of this Section

This section presents the various parameters of input and output channels for discrete modules.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack 395
Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack 396

394 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack

At a Glance
The discrete input module includes different parameters per channel. The channels are divided into
blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.

Parameters
The following table displays the parameters available for each in-rack discrete input module.

Reference Module Number of Associated task Function Supply monitoring Wiring Check
inputs (8-channel group) (8-channel group) (16-channel group) (Input by input)
BMX DDI 1602 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DDI 1604 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DAI 0805 8 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –
BMX DAI 0814 8 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs – –
BMX DAI 1604 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DDI 3202 K 32 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DDI 6402 K 64 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DDM 16022 8 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –
BMX DDM 16025 8 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –
BMX DDM 3202 K 16 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Active / Inactive –
None
BMX DDI 1603 16 Mast / Fast Discrete input / Active/ Inactive –
None
BMX DAI 1602 16 Mast / Fast Discrete / None Active / Inactive –
BMX DAI 1603 16 Mast / Fast Discrete / None Active / Inactive –
BMX DAI 1614 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Inactive / Active Inactive / Active
None
BMX DAI 1615 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / Inactive / Active Inactive / Active
None

NOTE: Parameters indicated in bold characters are part of the default configuration.
NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/output modules have 2
groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is
represented by channels 16 to 23.

35012474 10/2019 395

Configuration

Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack

At a Glance
The discrete output modules include several parameters per channel. The channels are divided
into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.

Parameters
The following table displays the parameters available for each of the discrete output module.

8-channel group 16-channel Channel

group by
channel
Reference Module Number of Reset Associated Fallback Function Supply Fallback
outputs task mode monitoring value
BMX DAO 1605 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / Inactive
None
BMX DAO 1615 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / Inactive
None
BMX DDM 16022 8 Programmed Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
(outputs) / Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDM 16025 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
(outputs) Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDM 3202 K 16 Programmed Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
(outputs) / Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 1602 16 Programmed Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
/ Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 1612 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 3202 K 32 Programmed Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
/ Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 6402 K 64 Programmed Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
/ Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DRA 0804T 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs

396 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

8-channel group 16-channel Channel

group by
channel
Reference Module Number of Reset Associated Fallback Function Supply Fallback
outputs task mode monitoring value
BMX DRA 0805 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs
BMX DRA 0815 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs
BMX DRA 1605 16 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs /
None
BMX DRC 0805 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs

NOTE: The parameters in bold correspond to the parameters configured by default.

NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/output modules have 2
groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is
represented by channels 16 to 23.

35012474 10/2019 397

Configuration

Section 32.3
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters

Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters

Subject of this Section

This section presents general rules for implementing various configuration parameters for discrete
input/output channels.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
How to Modify the Task Parameter 399
How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter 400
How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter 401
How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter 402

398 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

How to Modify the Task Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the processor task where input acquisitions and output updates are
performed.
The task is defined for 8 consecutive channels in the case of on-rack discrete modules.
The possible choices are as follows:
 MAST task
 FAST task
NOTE: Modifying the Task parameter is only possible in off-line mode.

Procedure
The following table shows how to define the type of task assigned to module channels.

Step Action
1 Open the desired module configuration screen.
2 Click on the Task button of the drop-down menu to assign a task to the group
you wish.
Result: The following list appears.

3 Choose the desired task.

4 Confirm the modification with the Edit → Validate menu command.

35012474 10/2019 399

Configuration

How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the status (activation or deactivation) of external power supply error
monitoring.
It runs in groups of 16 consecutive channels.
Monitoring is active by default (box checked).

Procedure
The following table shows how to disable or enable the external power supply monitoring function.

Step Action
1 Open the desired module configuration screen.
2 Check the Supply monitor box in the General Parameters area.
Result : The I/O editor window appears. Click OK.
3 Validate the change by clicking Edit → Validate.

400 35012474 10/2019

 Configuration

How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the fallback mode adopted by outputs when the PLC switches to STOP due
to:
 a processor error
 a rack connection error
 an inter-rack cable connection error
 a STOP command in Control Expert.
The modes are as follows:

Mode Meaning
Fallback Channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the defined fallback value for the
corresponding 8-channel group.
Maintenance The outputs remain in the status they were in before switching to Stop.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the fallback mode to be assigned to a channel
group.

Step Action
1 Open the desired module configuration screen.
2 For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Fallback mode drop-down
menu.
Result : The following list appears.

3 Select the desired fallback mode.

4 For Fallback mode, configure each channel of the selected group.
To do this, click on the drop-down menu arrow of the channel to be configured,
located in the Fall Back Value column.
5 Click on the desired value (0 or 1).
6 Confirm the modification with the Edit → Validate menu command.

35012474 10/2019 401

Configuration

How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the reactivation mode of disconnected outputs.
The modes are as follows.

Mode Meaning
Programmed Reactivation is executed with a command from the PLC application or
through the appropriate debug screen.
Remark: In order to avoid repeated reactivations, the module ensures an
automatic 10s delay between two resets.
Automatic The reactivation is executed automatically every 10s until the error
disappears.

The reactivation mode is defined for 8-channel groups.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the module output channel reset mode.

Step Action
1 Open the desired module configuration screen.
2 For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Reactivate drop-down
menu.
Result : The following list appears.

3 Select the required reactivation mode.

4 Validate the modification by clicking Edit → Confirm.

402 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Language Objects
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 33
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Subject of this Section

This chapter describes the language objects associated with application-specific discrete modules
from various IODDT.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following sections:
Section Topic Page
33.1 Language Objects and IODDT 404
33.2 Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs 405

35012474 10/2019 403

Language Objects

Section 33.1
Language Objects and IODDT

Language Objects and IODDT

Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages

General Points
Discrete modules have different associated IODDTs.
The IODDTs are predefined by the manufacturer. They contain input/output languages objects
belonging to a channel of a specific application module.
There are 4 IODDT types for the discrete modules:
 T_DIS_IN_GEN
 T_DIS_IN_STD
 T_DIS_OUT_GEN
 T_DIS_OUT_STD
NOTE: IODDT variables may be created in two ways:
 using the I/O objects (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) tab
 using the Data Editor

Language Object Types

Each IODDT contains a group of language objects which are used to control them and check their
operation.
There are two types of language objects:
 Implicit Exchange Objects, which are automatically exchanged at each cycle pass of the task
associated to the module
 Explicit Exchange Objects, which are exchanged upon demand from the application, while
using explicit exchange instructions
Implicit exchanges concern the module inputs/outputs: measurement, information, and operation
results.
Explicit exchanges enable module configuration and diagnosis.
NOTE: In order to avoid several simultaneous explicit exchanges for the same channel, it is
necessary to test the value of the word EXCH_STS of the IODDT associated to the channel before
to call EF using this channel.

404 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Section 33.2
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs

Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs

Subject of this Section

This section presents the different IODDT languages objects related to discrete input/output
modules and the Device DDTs.

What Is in This Section?

This section contains the following topics:
Topic Page
IODDT Links 406
Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 407
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 408
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange 409
Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 411
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange 412
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange 413
Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_MOD 415
Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants 416
Discrete Device DDT Names 418
MOD_FLT Byte Description 422

35012474 10/2019 405

Language Objects

IODDT Links

IODDT Link Table

This table describes the IODDT linked to each discrete input/output module:

Module Reference IODDTs linked to discrete module

T_DIS_IN_GEN T_DIS_IN_STD T_DIS_OUT_GEN T_DIS_OUT_STD
BMX DDI 1602 x x - -
BMX DDI 1603 x x - -
BMX DDI 1604T x x - -
BMX DDI 3202 K x x - -
BMX DDI 6402 K x x - -
BMX DAI 1602 x x - -
BMX DAI 1603 x x - -
BMX DAI 1604 x x - -
BMX DAI 1614 x x - -
BMX DAI 1615 x x - -
BMX DAI 0805 x x - -
BMX DAI 0814 x x - -
BMX DDO 1602 - - x x
BMX DDO 1612 - - x x
BMX DDO 3202 K - - x x
BMX DDO 6402 K - - x x
BMX DRA 0804T - - x x
BMX DRA 0805 - - x x
BMX DRA 0815 - - x x
BMX DRA 1605 - - x x
BMX DRC 0805 - - x x
BMX DAO 1605 - - x x
BMX DAO 1615 - - x x
BMX DDM 16022 x x x x
BMX DDM 16025 x x x x
BMX DDM 3202 K x x x x
X: Linked
-: Not linked

406 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange

At a glance
This section describes T_DIS_IN_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to all
discrete input modules.

Input Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

VALUE EBOOL R Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling %Ir.m.c
the input channel c.

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error. %Ir.m.c.ERR

35012474 10/2019 407

Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange

At a Glance
This section presents IODDT implicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD-type applicable to
discrete input modules.

Input Flag
The following table shows the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

VALUE EBOOL R Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling %Ir.m.c
the input channel c.

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error. %Ir.m.c.ERR

408 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange

At a Glance
This section presents IODDT explicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD type applicable to
discrete input modules. This section includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific
meaning. These objects are explained in detail below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of type T_DIS_INT_STD
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation
is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.

Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS

The following table shows exchange control bit meanings for channel EXCH_STS (%MWr.m.c.0).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Read channel status words in progress %MWr.m.c.0.0
CMD_IN_PROGR BOOL R Command parameter exchange in progress %MWr.m.c.0.1

Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT

The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%MWr.m.c.1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_ERR BOOL R Error in reading status words of the channel %MWr.m.c.1.0
(1 = error)
CMD_ERR BOOL R Error during a command parameter exchange %MWr.m.c.1.1
(1 = error)

35012474 10/2019 409

Language Objects

Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT

The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.m.c.2). Reading
is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

TRIP BOOL R External event: Tripped %MWr.m.c.2.0
FUSE BOOL R External event: Fuse %MWr.m.c.2.1
BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.c.2.2
EXT_PS_FLT BOOL R External supply event %MWr.m.c.2.3
INTERNAL_FLT BOOL R Internal event module inoperative %MWr.m.c.2.4
CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration error %MWr.m.c.2.5
COM_FLT BOOL R Communication interruption %MWr.m.c.2.6
SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL R External event: Short-circuit on a channel %MWr.m.c.2.8
LINE_FLT BOOL R Open wire detection(1) %MWr.m.c.2.9
(1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules

Status Word: CH_CMD

The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is
made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL R/W Disable control of the external supply. %MWr.m.c.3.1
PS_CTRL_EN BOOL R/W Enable control of the external supply. %MWr.m.c.3.2

NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-
channels from the PLC application and through a WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st
channel of 16-channel group (that is, channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work
with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (that is, channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47,
56..63).

410 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange

At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to
discrete output modules.

Output Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

VALUE EBOOL R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel %Qr.m.c

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c output channel is in error %Ir.m.c.ERR

35012474 10/2019 411

Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange

At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to
discrete output modules.

Output Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meanings.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

VALUE EBOOL R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel %Qr.m.c

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error %Ir.m.c.ERR

412 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange

At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange that applies to
discrete output modules. It includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific meaning.
These objects are explained in detail below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of the T_DIS_OUT_STD type
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation
is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.

Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS

The table below shows the meanings of channel exchange control bits from channel EXCH_STS
(%MWr.m.c.0).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Read channel status words in progress %MWr.m.c.0.0
CMD_IN_PROGR BOOL R Command parameter exchange in progress %MWr.m.c.0.1

Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT

The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%MWr.m.c.1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_ERR BOOL R Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.0
CMD_ERR BOOL R Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.1

35012474 10/2019 413

Language Objects

Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT

The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.m.c.2). Reading
is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

TRIP BOOL R External event: Tripped %MWr.m.c.2.0
FUSE BOOL R External event: Fuse %MWr.m.c.2.1
BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.c.2.2
EXT_PS_FLT BOOL R External supply event %MWr.m.c.2.3
INTERNAL_FLT BOOL R Internal event module inoperative %MWr.m.c.2.4
CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration error %MWr.m.c.2.5
COM_FLT BOOL R Communication interruption %MWr.m.c.2.6
SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL R External event: Short-circuit on a channel %MWr.m.c.2.8
LINE_FLT BOOL R Reserved for evolution %MWr.m.c.2.9

Status word: CH_CMD

The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is
made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

REAC_OUT BOOL R/W Reactivation of tripped outputs (protected outputs) %MWr.m.c.3.0
PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL R/W Inhibit control of external supply %MWr.m.c.3.1
PS_CTRL_EN BOOL R/W Validation of the external supply control %MWr.m.c.3.2

NOTE: This object is specific to output modules with reactivation.

NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-
channels from the PLC application and through a WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st
channel of 16-channel group (i.e. channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work
with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (i.e. channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47, 56..63).

414 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_MOD

Introduction
The Modicon X80 modules have an associated IODDT of type T_GEN_MOD.

Observations
In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given
for each status of the bit.
Some bits are not used.

List of Objects
The table below presents the objects of the IODDT.

Standard Symbol Type Access Meaning Address

MOD_ERROR BOOL R Module detected error bit %Ir.m.MOD.ERR
EXCH_STS INT R Module exchange control word %MWr.m.MOD.0
STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Reading of status words of the module in %MWr.m.MOD.0.0
progress
EXCH_RPT INT R Exchange report word %MWr.m.MOD.1
STS_ERR BOOL R Event when reading module status words %MWr.m.MOD.1.0
MOD_FLT INT R Internal detected errors word of the module %MWr.m.MOD.2
MOD_FAIL BOOL R module inoperable %MWr.m.MOD.2.0
CH_FLT BOOL R Inoperative channel(s) %MWr.m.MOD.2.1
BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.MOD.2.2
CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration anomaly %MWr.m.MOD.2.5
NO_MOD BOOL R Module missing or inoperative %MWr.m.MOD.2.6
EXT_MOD_FLT BOOL R Internal detected errors word of the module (Fipio %MWr.m.MOD.2.7
extension only)
MOD_FAIL_EXT BOOL R Internal detected error, module unserviceable %MWr.m.MOD.2.8
(Fipio extension only)
CH_FLT_EXT BOOL R Inoperative channel(s) (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.9
BLK_EXT BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired (Fipio extension %MWr.m.MOD.2.10
only)
CONF_FLT_EXT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration anomaly %MWr.m.MOD.2.13
(Fipio extension only)
NO_MOD_EXT BOOL R Module missing or inoperative (Fipio extension %MWr.m.MOD.2.14
only)

35012474 10/2019 415

Language Objects

Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants

Module level constants

The table following presents the %KW common for each channel group of the module:

Object Type Detail Channel group

%KWr.m.c.0 INT For each channel group 0-7 8-15 16-23 24-31 32-39 40-47 48-55 56-63
with c = 0, 8, bit 0: Validation input 1 st 2 nd 3 rd 4 th 5 th 6 th 7 th 8 th
16, 24, 32, function = 1 grp grp grp grp grp grp grp grp
40, 48, 56. bit 1: Validation output
function = 1
bit 2: Strategy of fallback:
1 = get value, 0 = stay at
current value
bit 3: Input filtering (1 =
fast, 0 = normal), fixed at 0
bit 4: Ouput protection (1
= yes, 0 = no)
bit 5: Rearm outputs: 1 =
automatic, 0 = by
command
bit 6: Not used
bit 7: Power supply control
inhibition (1 = yes, 0 = 0)
Fallback value (ouputs) or sensor type (inputs) for channel:
bit 8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 9 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 10 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 11 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 12 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 13 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61
bit 14 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 15 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63

416 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Object Type Detail Channel group

%KWr.m.c.1 INT
byte 0 byte Validation of Input/output open line control for channel:
bit 0 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 1 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 2 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 3 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 4 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 5 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61
bit 6 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 7 7 15 23 31 39 31 55 63
byte 1 byte Validation of value memorization for channel:
bit 8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 9 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 10 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 11 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 12 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 13 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61
bit 14 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 15 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63
%KWr.m.c.2 INT
byte 0 byte not used
byte 1 byte not used

There are one %KWr.m.c.0, one %KWr.m.c.1 and one %KWr.m.c.2 common for all channels for a
group in this FB_type
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct language objects
%KW; these words are accessible in read only format.

35012474 10/2019 417

Language Objects

Discrete Device DDT Names

Introduction
This topic describes the Control Expert Discrete Device DDT. The instance default naming is
described in Device DDT Instance Naming Rule (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program
Languages and Structure, Reference Manual).
Regarding the device DDT, its name contains the following information:
 platform with:
 U for unified structure between Modicon X80 module and Quantum

 device type (DIS for discrete)

 function (STD for standard)
 direction:
 IN
 OUT

 max channel (1, 2, 4 …64)

Example
For a Modicon X80 module with 16 standard inputs/outputs: T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16

List of Implicit Device DDT

The following table shows the list of device DDT and their X80 modules:

Device DDT Type Modicon X80 Devices

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8 BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 BMX DDI 3202K
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 BMX DDI 6404K
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 BMX DRA 0804
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRC 0805

418 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

Device DDT Type Modicon X80 Devices

T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 BMX DDO 1612
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DRA 1605
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 BMX DDO 3202K
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 BMX DDO 6404K
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16 BMX DDM 3202K

Implicit Device DDT Description

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x and the T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_y status word
bits:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

MOD_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the module has a detected read
error
1 = the module is operating
correctly
MOD_FLT1 BYTE internal detected errors byte read
(see page 422) of the module
DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1]of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN array of structure
DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [0...y-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT array of structure
1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x_OUT_y status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

MOD_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the module has a detected read
error
1 = the module is operating
correctly

MOD_FLT1 BYTE internal detected errors byte read

(see page 422) of the module
DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN array of structure
DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [x...(x+y-1)] of array of structure
T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT
1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field

35012474 10/2019 419

Language Objects

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN[0...x-1] and the T_U_DIS_ST-

D_CH_OUT[x...(x+y-1)] structure meaning:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

CH_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the channel has a detected error read
1 = the channel is operating correctly
VALUE EBOOL indicates the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c read1
1
VALUE of the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT structure can be accessed in read / write

Explicit DDT Instances Description

Explicit exchanges (Read Status or Write Command) - only applicable to Modicon X80 I/O
channels - are managed with READ_STS_QX or WRITE_CMD_QX EFB instances for Modicon
Quantum and by READ_STS_MX or WRITE_CMD_MX EFB instances for Modicon M580.
 Targeted channel address (ADDR) can be managed with ADDMX EF (connect ADDMX OUT to
ADDR)
 READ_STS_QX or READ_STS_MX output parameter (STS) can be connected to a
"T_M_xxx_yyy_CH_STS" DDT instance (variable to be created manually), where:
 xxx represents the device type
 yyy represents the function

Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS
 WRITE_CMD_QX or WRITE_CMD_MX input parameter (CMD) can be connected to a
""T_M_DIS_STD_xxx_yyy_CMD" DDT instance
where:
 xxx represents the device type
 yyy represents the direction

Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD
For more details about EF and EFB, refer to EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, I/O Management,
Block Library and EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Communication, Block Library.

420 35012474 10/2019

 Language Objects

The following table shows the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS structure status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_FLT TRIP BOOL 0 external detected error tripped read
FUSE BOOL 1 external detected error: fuse read
BLK BOOL 2 terminal block detected error read
EXT_PS_FLT BOOL 3 internal detected error: module out of read
order
INTERNAL_FLT BOOL 4 external supply detected fault read
CONF_FLT BOOL 5 configuration detected fault: different read
hardware and software configurations
COM_FLT BOOL 6 problem communicating with the PLC read
-- BOOL 7 reserved read
SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL 8 external detected error: short-circuit on a read
channel
LINE_FLT BOOL 9 Open wire detection(1) read
(1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules.

The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD structure status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_CMD [INT] PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL 1 disable control of the external supply read / write
PS_CTRL_EN BOOL 2 enable control of the external supply read / write

The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_OUT_CMD structure status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_CMD [INT] REAC_OUT BOOL 0 reactivation of tripped outputs (protected read / write
outputs)
PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL 1 disable control of the external supply read / write
PS_CTRL_EN BOOL 2 enable control of the external supply read / write

NOTE: In a user application the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can also define the active or
inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the Supply monitoring setting.
WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and 48...55) of the 16-
channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group.

35012474 10/2019 421

Language Objects

MOD_FLT Byte Description

MOD_FLT Byte in Device DDT

MOD_FLT byte structure:

Bit Symbol Description

0 MOD_FAIL  1: Internal detected error or module failure detected.
 0: No detected error

1 CH_FLT  1: Inoperative channels.

 0: Channels are operative.

2 BLK  1: Terminal block detected error.

 0: No detected error.

NOTE: This bit may not be managed.

3 –  1: Module in self-test.
 0: Module not in self-test.

NOTE: This bit may not be managed.

4 – Not used.
5 CONF_FLT  1: Hardware or software configuration detected error.
 0: No detected error.

6 NO_MOD  1: Module is missing or inoperative.

 0: Module is operating.

NOTE: This bit is managed only by modules located in a remote rack with a
BME CRA 312 10 adapter module. Modules located in the local rack do not manage
this bit that remains at 0.
7 – Not used.

422 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Debugging
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 34
Debugging

Debugging

Subject of this Section

This section describes the debugging aspect of the application-specific discrete module for
implementation.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module 424
Debugging Screen 425
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function 427
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands 428
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command 429
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module 430

35012474 10/2019 423

Debugging

Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module

Introduction
For each discrete input/output module, the Debug function enables:
 display of the parameters of each of its channels (channel state, filtering value, etc.)
 access to the diagnostics and adjustment functions for the selected channel (channel forcing,
channel masking, etc.)
The function also gives access to module diagnostics in the event of a detected error.
NOTE: This function is only available in on-line mode.

424 35012474 10/2019

 Debugging

Debugging Screen

At a Glance
The debugging screen (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) shows, in real time,
the value and state of each channel of the selected module. It also allows access to the channel
commands (forcing of the input or output value, reactivation of outputs, etc.).

Illustration
The figure below shows a sample debugging screen.

35012474 10/2019 425

Debugging

Description
The following table shows the various parts of the debugging screen and their functions.

Number Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Debug in this example). Every
mode can be selected using the respective tab.
 Debug which can be accessed only in online mode
 Configuration

2 Module area Contains the abbreviated title of the module.

In the same area there are 3 LEDs which indicate the module’s operating mode:
 RUN indicates the operating status of the module
 ERR indicates an internal event in the module
 I/O indicates an event from outside the module or an application issue

3 Channel area Allows you:

 by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
 Description which gives the characteristics of the device
 I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used
to pre-symbolize the input/output objects
 Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)

 to select a channel
 to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable
editor)
4 General Specifies the parameters of the channel:
parameters  Function: specifies the function configured. This heading is frozen. The Global
area unforcing button provides direct access to the global unforcing of channels function.
 Task: specifies the MAST or FAST task configured. This heading is frozen.

5 Parameters in This field displays the state of inputs and outputs and the various current parameters.
progress field For each channel, four items of information are available:
 Symbol displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by
the user (using the variable editor)
 Value displays the state of each channel of the module
 Error provides direct access to channel by channel diagnostics when these are
inoperable (indicated by the LED built into the diagnostics access, which turns red)

426 35012474 10/2019

 Debugging

How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function

At a Glance
This function allows you to modify the state of all or part of the channels of a module.
NOTE: The state of a forced output is frozen and can only be modified by the application after
unforcing. However, in the event of a detected error leading to output fallback, the state of these
outputs -assumes the value defined when configuring the Fallback mode (see page 401)
parameter.
The various commands available are:
 for one or more channels:
 force to 1
 force to 0
 unforcing (when the channel or channels selected are forced)

 for all the channels on the module (when at least one channel is forced):
 global unforcing of channels

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for forcing or unforcing all or part of the channels of a
module.

Step Action for one channel Action for all channels

1 Access the module's debugging screen.
2 In the Value column, right-click the cell Click on the Global unforcing button
of the required channel. found in the general parameters
field.
3 Select the required function:
 forcing to 0
 forcing to 1

35012474 10/2019 427

Debugging

How to Access the SET and RESET Commands

At a Glance
These commands are used to change the state of a module's outputs to 0 (RESET) or 1 (SET).
NOTE: The state of the output affected by one of these commands is temporary and can be
modified at any time by the application when the PLC is in RUN.

Procedure
The table below shows the procedure for assigning the value 0 or 1 to all or part of the channels
of a module.

Step Action for one channel

1 Access the module's debugging screen.
2 In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel.
3 Select the desired function.
 Set
 Reset

428 35012474 10/2019

 Debugging

How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command

At a Glance
When an event has caused a tripped output, this command is used to reactivate the output if no
error remains at its terminals.
Reset is defined by a group of 8 channels. It has no effect on an inactive channel or channel without
a detected error.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for reactivating tripped outputs.

Step Action
1 Access the module's debugging screen.
2 For the chosen group of channels, click on the Reset button situated in the
General parameters field.

35012474 10/2019 429

Debugging

Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module

At a Glance
This check (red Stop LED lit) informs the user that a given group of output channels is not correctly
applied by the PLC (fallback status).
The possible causes are:
 processor error
 rack connection error
 inter-rack link connection error

430 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Diagnostics
35012474 10/2019

Chapter 35
Diagnostics of the Modules

Diagnostics of the Modules

Subject of this Section

This section describes the diagnostic aspect in the implementation of the application-specific
discrete modules.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
How to Access the Diagnostics Function 432
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module 434

35012474 10/2019 431

Diagnostics

How to Access the Diagnostics Function

At a Glance
The Module diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist. Errors are classified
according to their category.
 Internal events:
 module inoperable
 self-tests running

 External events
 Other events:
 configuration error
 module missing or off
 inoperative channel(s)

A module status is indicated when certain LED’s change to red, such as:
 in the configuration editor at rack level:
 the LED of the rack number

 the LED of the slot number of the module on the rack

 in the configuration editor at module level:
 the I/O LED according to the type of event
 the Channel LED in the Channel field
 the Fault tab

432 35012474 10/2019

 Diagnostics

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Module status screen.

Step Action
1 Access the module's debugging screen.
2 Click on the module reference in the channel zone and select the Fault
command.
Result: The list of module errors appears.

Remark: It is not possible to access the module diagnostics screen if a

configuration error, major breakdown error, or module missing error occurs.
The following message then appears on the screen: The module is not
present or is different from the one configured in this
position.

35012474 10/2019 433

Diagnostics

How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module

At a Glance
The Channel diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist. Errors are
classified according to their category:
 Internal events:
 inoperative channel

 External events:
 link or sensor supply fault

 Other events:
 terminal block incorrectly wired
 configuration error
 communication interruption

A channel error appears in the Debug tab when the LED, located in the Error column,
turns red.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Channel error screen.

Step Action
1 Access the module's debugging screen.
2
Click on the button situated in the Error column of the inoperative
channel.
Result: The list of channel errors appears.

Note: Channel diagnostics information can also be accessed by program using

the READ_STS instruction.

434 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80

35012474 10/2019

Appendices

35012474 10/2019 435

436 35012474 10/2019
 Modicon X80
Topological/State RAM Addressing
35012474 10/2019

Appendix A
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules

Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules

Topological/State RAM Addressing of ModiconX80 Discrete Modules

Discrete Modules
With firmware 2.4 or later, you can access the modules either via topological or State RAM
addresses. Please also refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating
Modes).
The following table shows the Modicon X80 discrete module objects that can be mapped to
topological or State RAM addresses.

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DAI 0805 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] -%IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one
BMX DAI 0814 channel per %I
or
-%IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAI 1614 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
BMX DAI 1615 channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DAO 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

35012474 10/2019 437

Topological/State RAM Addressing

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DAO 1615 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DAO 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDI 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one
channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDI 6402K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 63, one
channel per %I
or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 3, one
channel per bit of %IW
BMX DDM 16022 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] channel per %I
and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
and
%MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

438 35012474 10/2019

 Topological/State RAM Addressing

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DDM 16025 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] channel per %I
and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %IWStart address one channel per bit of %IW
and
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDM 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,31] channel per %I
and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDO 1602 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDO 1612 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDO 3202K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one
channel per bit of %MW
BMX DDO 6402K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 63, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 3, one
channel per bit of %MW
BMX DRA 0804 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DRA 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

35012474 10/2019 439

Topological/State RAM Addressing

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DRA 0815 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DRC 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
BMX DRA 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one
channel per %M
or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

For additional information please refer to Special Conversion for Compact I/O Modules
(see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Concept Application Converter, User Manual).

440 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Glossary
35012474 10/2019

Glossary

C
Channel group
Channels of the same type with common parameters. This notion concerns certain application-
specific modules such as discrete modules.
CPU
Central Processing Unit: generic name used for Schneider Electric processors.

D
DDT
(derived data type) A set of elements with the same type (array) or with different types (structure).

discrete module
Discrete inputs/outputs

I
IODDT
Type of data derived from inputs/outputs (Input/Output Derived Data Type).
IP20
This index is present on all device labels. It specifies the device level of protection:
 against an intrusion of solids and dust, against contact with parts that are powered up (in our
case, IP2•: protection against solids larger than 12 mm);
 against permeation of liquids (in our case, IP•0: Negligeable presence of water).

P
PLC
Type of computer dedicated to controlling industrial processes (Programmable Logic Controller).

T
TELEFAST 2
A group of products which enable discrete input and output modules to be quickly connected to
operational components. This system, which consists of connection bases for interfaces and
linking cables, can only be connected to modules which are fitted with 40-pin connectors.

35012474 10/2019 441

Glossary

442 35012474 10/2019

 Modicon X80
Index
35012474 10/2019

Index

0-9 BMXDAI0805, 182

BMXDAI0805H, 182
20-pin terminal blocks
BMXDAI0814, 190
installing, 60
BMXDAI1602, 136
40-pin terminal blocks
BMXDAI1602H, 136
installing, 64
BMXDAI1603, 146
BMXDAI1603H, 146
BMXDAI1604, 154
A BMXDAI1604H, 154
ABE-7H08R10, 351 BMXDAI1614, 162
ABE-7H08R11, 351 BMXDAI1614H, 162
ABE-7H08R21, 355 BMXDAI1615, 172
ABE-7H08S21, 359 BMXDAI1615H, 172
ABE-7H12R10, 353 BMXDAO1605, 286
ABE-7H12R11, 353 BMXDAO1605H, 286
ABE-7H12R20, 357 BMXDAO1615, 294
ABE-7H12R21, 357 BMXDAO1615H, 294
ABE-7H12R50, 365 BMXDDI1602, 110
ABE-7H12S21, 361 BMXDDI1602H, 110
ABE-7H16F43, 369 BMXDDI1603, 118
ABE-7H16R10, 351 BMXDDI1603H, 118
ABE-7H16R11, 351 BMXDDI1604T, 126
ABE-7H16R20, 355 BMXDDI3202K, 198
ABE-7H16R21, 355 BMXDDI3202KH, 198
ABE-7H16R23, 355 BMXDDI6402K, 206
ABE-7H16R30, 363 BMXDDI6402KH, 206
ABE-7H16R31, 363 BMXDDM16022, 304
ABE-7H16R50, 367 BMXDDM16022H, 304
ABE-7H16S21, 359 BMXDDM16025, 314
ABE-7H16S43, 371 BMXDDM16025H, 314
ABR-7xxx relays, 379 BMXDDM3202K, 324
ABS-7Exx relays, 380 BMXDDO1602, 214
applied outputs, 430 BMXDDO1602H, 214
BMXDDO1612, 222
BMXDDO1612H, 222
B BMXDDO3202K, 270
BMWFTB2020, 43 BMXDDO3202KC, 270
BMWFTB4020, 46 BMXDDO6402K, 278
BMWFTB4020H, 46 BMXDDO6402KC, 278
BMX FTW ••1 connection cables, 53 BMXDRA0804T, 230
BMX FTW ••5 connection cables, 57 BMXDRA0805, 238

35012474 10/2019 443

Index

BMXDRA0805H, 238 connection cables, 79, 85

BMXDRA0815, 246
BMXDRA0815H, 246
BMXDRA1605, 254 D
BMXDRA1605H, 254 debugging, 423
BMXDRC0805, 262 diagnostics, 431, 434
BMXDRC0805H, 262
BMXFCC051, 85
BMXFCC053, 85 F
BMXFCC1001, 85 fallback mode, 401
BMXFCC1003, 85 FCN connector
BMXFCC101, 85 installing, 79, 85
BMXFCC103, 85 FCN type connector
BMXFCC201, 85 installing, 69
BMXFCC203, 85 forcing, 427
BMXFCC301, 85
BMXFCC303, 85
BMXFCC501, 85 I
BMXFCC503, 85 input parameters, 395
BMXFCW1001, 79
BMXFCW1003, 79
BMXFCW301, 79 M
BMXFCW303, 79 MOD_FLT, 422
BMXFCW501, 79
BMXFCW503, 79
BMXFTB2000, 43 O
BMXFTB2010, 43
output parameters, 396
BMXFTB4000, 46
output reset, 402
BMXFTB4000H, 46
BMXFTW1001 , 52
BMXFTW301 , 52
BMXFTW305, 55
P
parameter settings, 403, 404
BMXFTW501 , 52
BMXFTW505, 55
R
C reactivation of outputs, 429
relays, 373, 381
certifications, 37
RESET, 428
channel data structure for all modules
T_DIS_IN_GEN, 407
T_DIS_IN_STD, 408, 409
T_DIS_OUT_GEN, 411
S
T_DIS_OUT_STD, 412, 413 SET, 428
T_GEN_MOD, 415 simulator, 385
connection bases, 333 standards, 37
state RAM/topological addressing of X80 dis-

444 35012474 10/2019

 Index

crete modules, 437

T
T_DIS_IN_GEN, 407
T_DIS_IN_STD, 408, 409
T_DIS_OUT_GEN, 411
T_DIS_OUT_STD, 412, 413
T_GEN_MOD, 415
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64, 418
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8, 418
task parameter, 399
TELEFAST 2, 333
temperature derating, 35
terminal blocks
installing, 39, 40
topological/state RAM addressing of X80 dis-
crete modules, 437

W
wiring precautions, 75

35012474 10/2019 445

Index

446 35012474 10/2019